diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'macros')
49 files changed, 2194 insertions, 2380 deletions
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/cascade/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/cascade/README.md index 051fe2c0a7..224e45aa07 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/cascade/README.md +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/cascade/README.md @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Author: F. Pantigny (`fpantigny@wanadoo.fr`). -CTAN page: `https://ctan.org/pkg/nicematrix` +CTAN page: `https://ctan.org/pkg/cascade` ## License The LaTeX extension `cascade` is distributed under the LPPL 1.3 license. @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ The package `cascade` is present in the distributions MiKTeX, TeXLive and MacTeX For a manual installation: * put the files `cascade.ins` and `cascade.dtx` in the same directory; -* run `latex cascade.ins`. +* run `latex cascade.ins` in that directory. The file `cascade.sty` will be generated. diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/cascade/cascade-french.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/cascade/cascade-french.pdf Binary files differindex 964587adc6..e220f40940 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/cascade/cascade-french.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/cascade/cascade-french.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/cascade/cascade.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/cascade/cascade.dtx index 3112dab314..8ccc24de98 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/cascade/cascade.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/cascade/cascade.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright (C) 2018-2021 by F. Pantigny +% Copyright (C) 2018-2023 by F. Pantigny % ----------------------------------- % % This file may be distributed and/or modified under the @@ -15,8 +15,8 @@ % % \fi % \iffalse -\def\myfileversion{1.2} -\def\myfiledate{2021/08/23} +\def\myfileversion{1.2a} +\def\myfiledate{2023/02/08} % % %<*batchfile> @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ \usedir{tex/latex/cascade} \preamble -Copyright (C) 2018-2021 by F. Pantigny +Copyright (C) 2018-2023 by F. Pantigny ----------------------------------- This file may be distributed and/or modified under the @@ -62,35 +62,6 @@ version 2005/12/01 or later. \skip\footins = 2\bigskipamount -\EnableCrossrefs -\makeatletter -\ExplSyntaxOn -\DoNotIndex{\begin,\end} -\DoNotIndex{\c@iRow,\c@jCol,\theiRow,\thejCol} -\DoNotIndex{\pgfpicture,\endpgfpicture,\tikzpicture,\endtikzpicture} -\DoNotIndex{\pgfpoint,\pgfnode,\pgfnodealias,\pgfcoordinate} -\DoNotIndex{\pgf@x,\pgf@y} -\DoNotIndex{\int_add:Nn,\int_case:nnTF,\int_compare:nNnTF,\int_compare:nTF, - \int_compare_p:nNn,\int_decr:N,\int_eval:n,\int_add:Nn,\int_gdecr:N,\int_gincr:N - \int_gset:Nn,\int_gset_eq:NN,\int_gzero:N,\int_gzero_new:N,\int_if_odd:nTF, - \int_max:nn,\int_new:N,\int_set:Nn,\int_set_eq:NN,\int_step_inline:nnn, - \int_step_variable:nNn,\int_step_variable:nnNn,\int_sub:Nn,\int_use:N,\int_zero:N, - \int_zero_new:N,\g_tmpa_int,\l_tmpa_int,\l_tmpb_int -} -\DoNotIndex{\dim_abs:n,\dim_add:Nn,\dim_compare:nNnTF,\dim_compare_p:nNn, -\dim_const:Nn,\dim_eval:n,\dim_gadd:Nn,\dim_gset:Nn,\dim_gset_eq:NN, -\dim_gset:Nn,\dim_gset_eq:NN,\dim_gsub:Nn,\dim_gzero_new:N,\dim_max:nn, -\dim_min:nn,\dim_new:N,\dim_ration:nn,\dim_set:Nn,\dim_set_eq:NN,\dim_sub:Nn, -\dim_use:N,\dim_zero:N,\dim_zero_new:N,\g_tmpa_dim,\l_tmpa_dim,\l_tmpb_dim, -\c_zero_dim} -\DoNotIndex{\cs_new_protected:Npn,\cs_new:Npn,\cs_set_eq:NN, -\cs_set_protected:Npn} -\DoNotIndex{\bool_if:NTF,\bool_new:N,\bool_set_false:N,\bool_set_true:N,\l_tmpa_bool} -\DoNotIndex{\group_begin:,\group_end:,\c_math_toggle_token} -\DoNotIndex{\tl_set:Nn,\l_tmpa_tl} -\ExplSyntaxOff -\makeatother - \begin{document} \DocInput{cascade.dtx} @@ -157,7 +128,7 @@ version 2005/12/01 or later. % \end{center} % % \interitem -% For the lisibility of such constructions, a simplified version of |\Cascade| +% For the legibility of such constructions, a simplified version of |\Cascade| % is available, named |\ShortCascade|. % % The code |\ShortCascade{X}{Y}| is merely a shortcut for the code @@ -522,7 +493,7 @@ version 2005/12/01 or later. % % \iffalse %% -%% The command \Cascade is defined with \NewDocumentCommand of xparse +%% The command \Cascade is defined with \NewDocumentCommand of L3. % \fi % \interitem % \DescribeMacro{\Cascade} @@ -548,6 +519,11 @@ version 2005/12/01 or later. \spread@equation \dim_set_eq:NN \l_@@_interline_dim \l_@@_interline_all_dim \keys_set:nn { cascade / command } { #1 } + \tl_if_empty:nF { #6 } + { + \bool_if:NF \l_@@_t_bool + { \msg_error:nn { cascade } { angular~argument~without~t } } + } \@@_initialisation: \hbox_set:Nn \l_@@_box_one { @@ -608,12 +584,7 @@ version 2005/12/01 or later. % \begin{macrocode} \bool_if:NT \l_@@_first_argument_bool { -% \end{macrocode} -% Here, you should use |\box_ht_plus_dp:N| when TeXLive 2021 will be available -% on Overleaf. -% \begin{macrocode} - \dim_set:Nn \l_tmpa_dim - { \box_ht:N \l_tmpb_box + \box_dp:N \l_tmpb_box } + \dim_set:Nn \l_tmpa_dim { \box_ht_plus_dp:N \l_tmpb_box } \l_tmpa_dim = 0.5\l_tmpa_dim \dim_add:Nn \l_tmpa_dim { \the \fontdimen 22 \textfont2 } \dim_sub:Nn \l_tmpa_dim @@ -660,7 +631,7 @@ version 2005/12/01 or later. % \end{macrocode} % % \bigskip -% The following macro is only for the lisibility of the code. +% The following macro is only for the legibility of the code. % \begin{macrocode} \cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_the_vcenter:nn #1 #2 { @@ -802,6 +773,15 @@ version 2005/12/01 or later. ignored. } % \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\msg_new:nnn { cascade } { angular~argument~without~t } + { + You~can't~use~the~argument~between~angular~brackets~because~ + you~have~not~used~the~key~'t'. The~argument~between~angular~brackets~ + will~be~ignored. + } +% \end{macrocode} % % \bigskip % \DescribeMacro{\ShortCascade} @@ -824,16 +804,14 @@ version 2005/12/01 or later. % \vspace{1cm} % \section{History} % +% \subsection*{Changes between versions 1.1 and 1.2} +% +% New commands |\Edacsac| and |\ShortEdacsac|. +% % \subsection*{Changes between versions 1.0 and 1.1} % % New option |t|. % -% \subsection*{Changes between versions 1.0 and 1.1} -% -% New commands |\Edacsac| and |\ShortEdacsac|. -% -% -% \PrintIndex % \tableofcontents % % \end{document} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/cascade/cascade.ins b/macros/latex/contrib/cascade/cascade.ins index db89312250..230215337d 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/cascade/cascade.ins +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/cascade/cascade.ins @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ %% -%% Copyright (C) 2018-2021 by F. Pantigny +%% Copyright (C) 2018-2023 by F. Pantigny %% %% %% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ \usedir{tex/latex/cascade} \preamble -Copyright (C) 2018-2021 by F. Pantigny +Copyright (C) 2018-2023 by F. Pantigny This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/cascade/cascade.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/cascade/cascade.pdf Binary files differindex 98e5437c28..c4be38ff5c 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/cascade/cascade.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/cascade/cascade.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt index a3190b351d..84e4509047 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt @@ -1,14 +1,27 @@ +2023-02-05 Ulrike Fischer/David Carlisle + * if babel is loaded casing with \MakeUppercase and \MakeLowercase + respects the rules of the current locale/language in the bookmarks. + * removed old amstex patch of \@seteqlabel + * added test for \hyper@nopatch@amsmath@tag to allow to suppress an amsmath patch + * added test for \hyper@nopatch@counter to allow to suppress redefinitions of counter commands + * added test for \hyper@nopatch@mathenv to suppress math related patches + * added test for \hyper@nopatch@toc to suppress redefinition of toc related commands. + +2023-02-04 Yukai Chou + * change puenc-greek.def to puenc-greekbasic.def in docs, to sync with file + renaming, issue #269 + 2022-22-11 Ulrike Fischer/David Carlisle * don't set the pagesize if \mag is different from 1000, see issue #1138 in latex3. * avoid error from old labels if hyperref is loaded, issue #261 * fixed issue #260 * fixed a nopatch command, issue #258 * Use protected commands in \contentsline to allow the use of \MakeUppercase, issue #121 - + 2022-09-22 Ulrike Fischer/David Carlisle * adapt setpagesize option to changes in LaTeX (stockwidth is always defined) * Use hooks instead of auxhook package - + 2022-06-20 Ulrike Fischer/David Carlisle * don't redefine \@secondoffive and \@fifthoffive, issue #238 * add interface to access some pdf related values unchanged (needed by hyperxmp). diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/README.md index 666a1d850a..bc04cf62ac 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/README.md +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/README.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ # README for hyperref bundle -Version 2022-11-13 v7.00u +Version 2023-02-07 v7.00v ## INTRODUCTION diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/backref.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/backref.dtx index f6dda3d569..ec4e1017fc 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/backref.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/backref.dtx @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ %% Copyright (C) 1995-2000 David Carlisle, Sebastian Rahtz, Heiko Oberdiek %% 2001-2012 Heiko Oberdiek %% 2016-2019 Oberdiek Package Suport Group -%% 2019-2022 The LaTeX Project +%% 2019-2023 The LaTeX Project %% https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues %% %% This file is part of the `Hyperref Bundle'. diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/bmhydoc.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/bmhydoc.sty index f41634002c..14ee7cc137 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/bmhydoc.sty +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/bmhydoc.sty @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% Copyright %% 1995-2015 Heiko Oberdiek %% 2016-2019 Oberdiek Package Support Group -%% 2019-2020 LaTeX Project +%% 2019-2023 LaTeX Project %% https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues %% %% This file is part of the `Hyperref Bundle'. diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/backref.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/backref.pdf Binary files differindex 1b7f41e6fb..8245a47d9d 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/backref.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/backref.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.css b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.css index f6c9350717..a135ec3c7e 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.css +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.css @@ -268,6 +268,7 @@ div.caption span.id{font-weight: bold; white-space: nowrap; } h1.partHead{text-align: center} p.bibitem { text-indent: -2em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em; } p.bibitem-p { text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em; } +.subsubsectionHead, .likesubsubsectionHead { font-size: 1em; } .paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;} .subparagraphHead, .likesubparagraphHead { font-weight: bold;} .verse{white-space:nowrap; margin-left:2em} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.html b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.html index 64466b39ad..19e888b0be 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.html +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.html @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ href="https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues" class="url" ><span class="ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120">https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues</span></a><span class="ec-lmr-12">)</span></div><br /> <div class="date" ><span -class="ec-lmr-12">2022-11-13 v7.00u</span></div> +class="ec-lmr-12">2023-02-07 v7.00v</span></div> </div> <h3 class="likesectionHead"><a id="x1-1000"></a>Contents</h3> @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ href="#x1-550007.27" id="QQ2-1-55">Backref entries</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.28 <a href="#x1-560007.28" id="QQ2-1-56">\phantomsection</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.29 <a -href="#x1-570007.29" id="QQ2-1-57">puenc encoding, puenc-greek.def and puenc-extra.def</a></span> +href="#x1-570007.29" id="QQ2-1-57">puenc encoding, puenc-greekbasic.def and puenc-extra.def</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >8 <a href="#x1-580008" id="QQ2-1-58">Acrobat-specific behavior</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >9 <a @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10">Web Companion</span>, where you will find additional examples. <!--l. 229--><p class="indent" > The Hyper<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span> specification<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="hyperref-doc3.html#fn2x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-4002f2"></a> + id="x1-4003f2"></a> says that conformant viewers/translators must recognize the following set of <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special </span>constructs: <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>or <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone </span>must be processed using Acrobat Distiller to obtain a PDF file.<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="hyperref-doc4.html#fn3x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-4003f3"></a> + id="x1-4005f3"></a> The result is generally preferable to that produced by using the <span class="ec-lmss-10">hypertex </span>driver, and then processing with <span @@ -926,11 +926,62 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\maketitle</span>. class="ec-lmri-10">All </span>those redefinitions can be suppressed by defining <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@nopatch@footnote</span>. Be aware that this can suppress links but also make unwanted links appear.</li></ul> - </dd></dl> -<!--l. 542--><p class="noindent" > + </dd><dt class="description"> + <!--l. 540--><p class="noindent" > +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">amsmath tags</span> </dt><dd +class="description"> + <!--l. 540--><p class="noindent" >hyperref redefines two internal commands of amsmath related the <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\tag </span>command to add an anchor. + This code can be suppressed by defining <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@nopatch@amsmath@tag</span>. (This normally makes + no sense in packages but will probably be needed when math environments are changed to allow + tagging.) + </dd><dt class="description"> + <!--l. 546--><p class="noindent" > +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">counters</span> </dt><dd +class="description"> + <!--l. 546--><p class="noindent" >hyperref patches the kernel command <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@definecounter</span>, <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@newctr</span>, <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset </span>and + the amsmath command <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\numberwithin </span>to ensure that for every counter the correct + <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theHcounter </span>representation is created or reset. This code can be suppressed by defining + <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@nopatch@counter</span>. (This normally makes no sense in packages but will probably be needed + when kernel commands are changed to allow tagging.) + </dd><dt class="description"> + <!--l. 554--><p class="noindent" > +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">math environments</span> </dt><dd +class="description"> + <!--l. 554--><p class="noindent" >hyperref patches <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\equation</span>/<span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\endequation</span>, <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\eqnarray</span>, <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\endeqnarray</span>. This code can be suppressed + by defining <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@nopatch@mathenv</span>. + </dd><dt class="description"> + <!--l. 558--><p class="noindent" > +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">table of contents</span> </dt><dd +class="description"> + <!--l. 558--><p class="noindent" >hyperref redefines <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\contentsline </span>to be able to add links to toc entries. It redefines <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span> + to create the bookmarks and pass the destination names to the toc entries. This code can be + suppressed by defining <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@nopatch@toc</span>.</dd></dl> +<!--l. 563--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5 </span> <a id="x1-120005"></a>Package options</h3> -<!--l. 544--><p class="noindent" >All user-configurable aspects of <span + + +<!--l. 565--><p class="noindent" >All user-configurable aspects of <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>are set using a single ‘key=value’ scheme (using the <span class="ec-lmss-10">keyval</span> package) with the key <span @@ -941,7 +992,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup </span>macro. When the package is loaded, a file <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg </span>is read if it can be found, and this is a convenient place to set options on a site-wide basis. -<!--l. 552--><p class="indent" > Note however that some options (for example <span +<!--l. 573--><p class="indent" > Note however that some options (for example <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">unicode</span>) can only be used as package options, and not in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span></span></span> as the option settings are processed as the package is read. The following @@ -958,13 +1009,13 @@ id="TBL-2-2"></colgroup><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">option </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 559--><p class="noindent" >remark </td> +class="td11"> <!--l. 580--><p class="noindent" >remark </td> </tr><tr class="hline"><td><hr></td><td><hr></td></tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">all driver options, e.g. pdftex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 560--><p class="noindent" >often +class="td11"> <!--l. 581--><p class="noindent" >often not needed, as @@ -978,7 +1029,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">implicit </span></td> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfa </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 562--><p class="noindent" >no-op +class="td11"> <!--l. 583--><p class="noindent" >no-op with new pdfmanagement, @@ -992,7 +1043,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\DeclareDocumentMetadata</span>. </td> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">unicode </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 563--><p class="noindent" >is +class="td11"> <!--l. 584--><p class="noindent" >is the default now @@ -1001,7 +1052,7 @@ class="td11"> <!--l. 563--><p class="noindent" >is style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfversion </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 564--><p class="noindent" >no-op +class="td11"> <!--l. 585--><p class="noindent" >no-op with new pdfmanagement, @@ -1015,7 +1066,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\DeclareDocumentMetadata</span>. </td> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarks </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 565--><p class="noindent" >this +class="td11"> <!--l. 586--><p class="noindent" >this will probably change @@ -1026,50 +1077,50 @@ class="td11"> <!--l. 565--><p class="noindent" >this style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">backref </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 567--><p class="noindent" > </td></tr><tr +class="td11"> <!--l. 588--><p class="noindent" > </td></tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pagebackref </span></td> <td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 568--><p class="noindent" ></td> +class="td11"> <!--l. 589--><p class="noindent" ></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">destlabel </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 569--><p class="noindent" > </td></tr><tr +class="td11"> <!--l. 590--><p class="noindent" > </td></tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfusetitle </span></td> <td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 570--><p class="noindent" ></td> +class="td11"> <!--l. 591--><p class="noindent" ></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelabels </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 571--><p class="noindent" > </td> +class="td11"> <!--l. 592--><p class="noindent" > </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfootnotes </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 572--><p class="noindent" > </td> +class="td11"> <!--l. 593--><p class="noindent" > </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfigures </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 573--><p class="noindent" > </td> +class="td11"> <!--l. 594--><p class="noindent" > </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperindex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 574--><p class="noindent" > </td> +class="td11"> <!--l. 595--><p class="noindent" > </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">encap </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 575--><p class="noindent" > </td> +class="td11"> <!--l. 596--><p class="noindent" > </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">CJKbookmarks </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 575--><p class="noindent" >only +class="td11"> <!--l. 596--><p class="noindent" >only with the new @@ -1088,7 +1139,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span> </td> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">psdextra </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 576--><p class="noindent" >only +class="td11"> <!--l. 597--><p class="noindent" >only with the new @@ -1107,7 +1158,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span> </td> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">nesting </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 577--><p class="noindent" >only +class="td11"> <!--l. 598--><p class="noindent" >only with the new @@ -1136,10 +1187,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span> class="td11"> </td> </tr></table> </div> -<!--l. 582--><p class="indent" > As an example, the behavior of a particular file could be controlled by: +<!--l. 603--><p class="indent" > As an example, the behavior of a particular file could be controlled by: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 585--><p class="noindent" >a site-wide <span + <!--l. 606--><p class="noindent" >a site-wide <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg </span>setting up the look of links, adding backreferencing, and setting a PDF display default: @@ -1149,20 +1200,20 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg </span>setting up the look of links, adding bac pdfpagemode=FullScreen, colorlinks=true} </pre> - <!--l. 592--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 613--><p class="nopar" > </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 594--><p class="noindent" >A global option in the file, which is passed down to <span + <!--l. 615--><p class="noindent" >A global option in the file, which is passed down to <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-8"> \documentclass[dvips]{article} </pre> - <!--l. 599--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 620--><p class="nopar" > </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 601--><p class="noindent" >File-specific options in the <span + <!--l. 622--><p class="noindent" >File-specific options in the <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage </span>commands, which override the ones set in <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg</span>: @@ -1172,8 +1223,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg</span>: \usepackage[colorlinks=false]{hyperref} \hypersetup{pdftitle={A Perfect Day}} </pre> - <!--l. 607--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul> -<!--l. 610--><p class="indent" > As seen in the previous example, information entries (pdftitle, pdfauthor, …) should be set after the + <!--l. 628--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul> +<!--l. 631--><p class="indent" > As seen in the previous example, information entries (pdftitle, pdfauthor, …) should be set after the package is loaded. Otherwise LaTeX expands the values of these options prematurely. Also LaTeX strips spaces in options. Especially option ‘pdfborder’ requires some care. Curly braces protect the value, if given as package option. They are not necessary in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -1184,21 +1235,21 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span></span></span>. \usepackage[pdfborder={0 0 0}]{hyperref} \hypersetup{pdfborder=0 0 0} </pre> -<!--l. 620--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 622--><p class="indent" > Some options can be given at any time, but many are restricted: before <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 641--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 643--><p class="indent" > Some options can be given at any time, but many are restricted: before <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\begin{document}</span></span></span>, only in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage[...]{hyperref}</span></span></span>, before first use, etc. -<!--l. 626--><p class="indent" > In the key descriptions that follow, many options do not need a value, as they default to the value +<!--l. 647--><p class="indent" > In the key descriptions that follow, many options do not need a value, as they default to the value true if used. These are the ones classed as ‘boolean’. The values true and false can always be specified, however. -<!--l. 631--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 652--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.1 </span> <a id="x1-130005.1"></a>General options</h4> -<!--l. 633--><p class="noindent" >Firstly, the options to specify general behavior and page size. -<!--l. 636--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 654--><p class="noindent" >Firstly, the options to specify general behavior and page size. +<!--l. 657--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-13001r1"></a> <!--l. 637--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-3" class="longtable" + id="x1-13001r1"></a> <!--l. 658--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-3" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-3-1g"><col id="TBL-3-1"><col @@ -1275,37 +1326,37 @@ class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id= class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-4" class="td11"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 646--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 667--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.2 </span> <a id="x1-140005.2"></a>Options for destination names</h4> -<!--l. 648--><p class="noindent" >Destinations names (also anchor, target or link names) are internal names that identify a position on a +<!--l. 669--><p class="noindent" >Destinations names (also anchor, target or link names) are internal names that identify a position on a page in the document. They are used in link targets for inner document links or the bookmarks, for example. -<!--l. 653--><p class="indent" > Usually anchor are set, if <span +<!--l. 674--><p class="indent" > Usually anchor are set, if <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\refstepcounter </span>is called. Thus there is a counter name and value. Both are used to construct the destination name. By default the counter value follows the counter name separated by a dot. Example for the fourth chapter: <blockquote class="quote"> - <!--l. 659--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 680--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">chapter.4</span></span></span></blockquote> -<!--l. 661--><p class="noindent" >This scheme is used by: +<!--l. 682--><p class="noindent" >This scheme is used by: <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 663--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 684--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmvtk-10">\autoref</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 663--><p class="noindent" >displays the description label for the reference depending on the counter name. + <!--l. 684--><p class="noindent" >displays the description label for the reference depending on the counter name. </dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 665--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 686--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmvtk-10">\hyperpage</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 665--><p class="noindent" >is used by the index to get page links. Page anchor setting (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 686--><p class="noindent" >is used by the index to get page links. Page anchor setting (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pageanchor</span></span></span>) must not be turned off.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 670--><p class="indent" > It is very important that the destination names are unique, because two destinations must not share +<!--l. 691--><p class="indent" > It is very important that the destination names are unique, because two destinations must not share the same name. The counter value <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\the<counter> </span>is not always unique for the counter. For example, table and figures can be numbered inside the chapter without having the chapter number in their @@ -1321,7 +1372,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">table.2.4 </span>is unique because it has used <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theHtable </span>that gives <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">2.4</span></span></span> in this case. -<!--l. 683--><p class="indent" > Often the user do not need to set <span +<!--l. 704--><p class="indent" > Often the user do not need to set <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH<counter></span>. Defaults for standard cases (chapter, …) are provided. And after <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>is loaded, new counters with parent counters also define <span @@ -1332,7 +1383,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset </span>or <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\numberwithin </span>of package <span class="ec-lmss-10">amsmath </span>are used. -<!--l. 689--><p class="indent" > Usually problems with duplicate destination names can be solved by an appropriate definition of +<!--l. 710--><p class="indent" > Usually problems with duplicate destination names can be solved by an appropriate definition of <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH<counter></span>. If option <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertexnames </span>is disabled, then a unique artificial number is used instead of @@ -1341,11 +1392,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages </span>the page anchors use the arabic form. In both latter cases <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage </span>for index links is affected and might not work properly. -<!--l. 697--><p class="indent" > If an unnumbered entity gets an anchor (starred forms of chapters, sections, …) or <span +<!--l. 718--><p class="indent" > If an unnumbered entity gets an anchor (starred forms of chapters, sections, …) or <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\phantomsection </span>is used, then the dummy counter name <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">section* </span>and an artificial unique number is used. -<!--l. 702--><p class="indent" > If the final PDF file is going to be merged with another file, than the destination names might clash, +<!--l. 723--><p class="indent" > If the final PDF file is going to be merged with another file, than the destination names might clash, because both documents might contain <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">chapter.1 </span>or <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">page.1</span>. Also <span @@ -1363,12 +1414,12 @@ to all destination names: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-11"> \renewcommand*{\HyperDestNameFilter}[1]{\jobname-#1} </pre> - <!--l. 715--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 717--><p class="noindent" >In document <span + <!--l. 736--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 738--><p class="noindent" >In document <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">docA </span>the destination name <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">chapter.2 </span>becomes <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">docA-chapter.2</span>. -<!--l. 720--><p class="indent" > Destination names can also be used from the outside in URIs(, if the driver has not removed or +<!--l. 741--><p class="indent" > Destination names can also be used from the outside in URIs(, if the driver has not removed or changed them), for example: <blockquote class="quote"> @@ -1376,8 +1427,8 @@ changed them), for example: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-12"> http://somewhere/path/file.pdf#nameddest=chapter.4 </pre> - <!--l. 725--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 727--><p class="noindent" >However using a number seems unhappy. If another chapter is added before, the number changes. But it is + <!--l. 746--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 748--><p class="noindent" >However using a number seems unhappy. If another chapter is added before, the number changes. But it is very difficult to pass a new name for the destination to the anchor setting process that is usually deep hidden in the internals. The first name of <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label </span>after the anchor setting seems a good @@ -1389,8 +1440,8 @@ approximation:   \section{Introduction}   \label{intro} </pre> - <!--l. 736--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 738--><p class="noindent" >Option <span + <!--l. 757--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 759--><p class="noindent" >Option <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">destlabel </span>checks for each <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span>, if there is a new destination name active and replaces the destination name by the label name. Because the destination name is already in use because of the @@ -1412,8 +1463,8 @@ class="ec-lmri-10">all </span>destination names:   \jobname-\HyperDestLabelReplace{#1}% } </pre> - <!--l. 753--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 755--><p class="noindent" >The other case that only files prefixed that do not have a corresponding <span + <!--l. 774--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 776--><p class="noindent" >The other case that only files prefixed that do not have a corresponding <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label </span>is more complicate, because <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\HyperDestLabelReplace </span>needs the unmodified destination name as argument. This is solved by an @@ -1437,12 +1488,12 @@ Lua<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span>): } \makeatother </pre> - <!--l. 773--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 776--><p class="indent" > With option <span + <!--l. 794--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 797--><p class="indent" > With option <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">destlabel </span>destinations can also named manually, if the destination is not yet renamed: <blockquote class="quote"> - <!--l. 779--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 800--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\HyperDestRename{</span></span></span><span class="lmsy-10">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmvtto-10">destination</span><span @@ -1452,11 +1503,11 @@ class="lmsy-10">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmvtto-10">newname</span><span class="lmsy-10">⟩</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span></blockquote> -<!--l. 782--><p class="indent" > Hint: Anchors can also be named and set by <span +<!--l. 803--><p class="indent" > Hint: Anchors can also be named and set by <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget</span>. -<!--l. 785--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 806--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-14001r2"></a> <!--l. 786--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-4" class="longtable" + id="x1-14001r2"></a> <!--l. 807--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-4" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-4-1g"><col id="TBL-4-1"><col @@ -1527,12 +1578,12 @@ class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id= class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-11-4" class="td11"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 794--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 815--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.3 </span> <a id="x1-150005.3"></a>Configuration options</h4> -<!--l. 796--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 817--><p class="noindent" > <a - id="x1-15001r3"></a> <!--l. 797--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-5" class="longtable" + id="x1-15001r3"></a> <!--l. 818--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-5" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-5-1g"><col id="TBL-5-1"><col @@ -1547,7 +1598,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-1-4" class="td11"> - <!--l. 797--><p class="noindent" >In the hypertex driver, the height of links is normally + <!--l. 818--><p class="noindent" >In the hypertex driver, the height of links is normally calculated by the driver as simply the base line of contained text; this options forces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands to reflect the @@ -1560,7 +1611,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">both </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-2-4" class="td11"> - <!--l. 800--><p class="noindent" >This option is in hyperref only used in the dviwindo driver, + <!--l. 821--><p class="noindent" >This option is in hyperref only used in the dviwindo driver, in all other cases it doesn’t do anything sensible—it neither allows nor prevents links to be broken. The ocgx2 package checks the state of the boolean. </td> @@ -1574,7 +1625,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-3-4" class="td11"> - <!--l. 802--><p class="noindent" >Determines whether every page is given an implicit anchor + <!--l. 823--><p class="noindent" >Determines whether every page is given an implicit anchor at the top left corner. If this is turned off, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\printindex</span></span></span> will not contain valid hyperlinks. </td> @@ -1586,7 +1637,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-4-4" class="td11"> - <!--l. 805--><p class="noindent" >Allows links to be nested; no drivers currently support this. </td> + <!--l. 826--><p class="noindent" >Allows links to be nested; no drivers currently support this. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-5-1" class="td11"> </td> @@ -1603,35 +1654,35 @@ class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id= class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-8-4" class="td11"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 808--><p class="noindent" >Note for option <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 829--><p class="noindent" >Note for option <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">breaklinks</span></span></span>: The correct value is automatically set according to the driver features. It can be overwritten for drivers that do not support broken links. However, at any case, the link area will be wrong and displaced. -<!--l. 813--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 834--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.4 </span> <a id="x1-160005.4"></a>Backend drivers</h4> -<!--l. 815--><p class="noindent" >If no driver is specified, the package tries to find a driver in the following order: +<!--l. 836--><p class="noindent" >If no driver is specified, the package tries to find a driver in the following order: <ol class="enumerate1" > <li class="enumerate" id="x1-16002x1"> - <!--l. 818--><p class="noindent" >Autodetection, some TeX processors can be detected at TeX macro level (pdfTeX, XeTeX, + <!--l. 839--><p class="noindent" >Autodetection, some TeX processors can be detected at TeX macro level (pdfTeX, XeTeX, VTeX). </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-16004x2"> - <!--l. 820--><p class="noindent" >Option <span + <!--l. 841--><p class="noindent" >Option <span class="ec-lmss-10">driverfallback</span>. If this option is set, its value is taken as driver option. </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-16006x3"> - <!--l. 822--><p class="noindent" >Macro <span + <!--l. 843--><p class="noindent" >Macro <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Hy@defaultdriver</span>. The macro takes a driver file name (without file extension). </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-16008x4"> - <!--l. 824--><p class="noindent" >Package default is <span + <!--l. 845--><p class="noindent" >Package default is <span class="ec-lmss-10">hypertex</span>.</li></ol> -<!--l. 826--><p class="noindent" >Many distributions are using a driver file <span +<!--l. 847--><p class="noindent" >Many distributions are using a driver file <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertex.cfg </span>that define <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Hy@defaultdriver </span>with <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hdvips</span>. This @@ -1639,9 +1690,9 @@ is recommended because driver <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>provides much more features than <span class="ec-lmss-10">hypertex </span>for PDF generation. -<!--l. 831--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 852--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-16009r4"></a> <!--l. 832--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-6" class="longtable" + id="x1-16009r4"></a> <!--l. 853--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-6" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-6-1g"><col id="TBL-6-1"><col @@ -1651,18 +1702,18 @@ id="TBL-6-2"></colgroup> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">driverfallback </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 832--><p class="noindent" >Its value is used as driver option </td> + <!--l. 853--><p class="noindent" >Its value is used as driver option </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-1" class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 833--><p class="noindent" >if the driver is not given or autodetected. </td> + <!--l. 854--><p class="noindent" >if the driver is not given or autodetected. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-3-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipdfm </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-3-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 834--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span + <!--l. 855--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfm </span>driver. </td> </tr><tr @@ -1670,7 +1721,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfm </span>driver. < class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipdfmx </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-4-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 835--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span + <!--l. 856--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfmx </span>driver. </td> @@ -1680,7 +1731,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfmx </span>driver. < class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvips </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-5-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 836--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span + <!--l. 857--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>driver. </td> </tr><tr @@ -1688,7 +1739,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>driver. class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipsone </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-6-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 837--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span + <!--l. 858--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone </span>driver. </td> </tr><tr @@ -1696,7 +1747,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone </span>driver. class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dviwindo </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-7-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 838--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span + <!--l. 859--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo </span>Windows previewer. </td> </tr><tr @@ -1704,35 +1755,35 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo </span>Windows previewer. </td> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-8-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 839--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span + <!--l. 860--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the HyperTeX-compliant drivers. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-9-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">latex2html </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-9-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 840--><p class="noindent" >Redefines a few macros for compatibility with <span + <!--l. 861--><p class="noindent" >Redefines a few macros for compatibility with <span class="ec-lmss-10">latex2html</span>. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-10-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">nativepdf </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-10-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 841--><p class="noindent" >An alias for <span + <!--l. 862--><p class="noindent" >An alias for <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-11-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfmark </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-11-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 842--><p class="noindent" >An alias for <span + <!--l. 863--><p class="noindent" >An alias for <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-12-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-12-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 843--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span + <!--l. 864--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex </span>program. </td> </tr><tr @@ -1740,7 +1791,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex </span>program. </ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">ps2pdf </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-13-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 844--><p class="noindent" >Redefines a few macros for compatibility with Ghostscript’s PDF writer, + <!--l. 865--><p class="noindent" >Redefines a few macros for compatibility with Ghostscript’s PDF writer, otherwise identical to <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span>. </td> </tr><tr @@ -1748,21 +1799,21 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span>. class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">tex4ht </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-14-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 847--><p class="noindent" >For use with <span + <!--l. 868--><p class="noindent" >For use with <span class="ec-lmss-10">TeX4ht</span> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-15-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">textures </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-15-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 848--><p class="noindent" >For use with <span + <!--l. 869--><p class="noindent" >For use with <span class="ec-lmss-10">Textures</span> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-16-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">vtex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-16-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 849--><p class="noindent" >For use with MicroPress’ <span + <!--l. 870--><p class="noindent" >For use with MicroPress’ <span class="ec-lmss-10">VTeX</span>; the PDF and HTML backends are detected automatically. </td> </tr><tr @@ -1770,14 +1821,14 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">VTeX</span>; the PDF and HTML backends are detected class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">vtexpdfmark </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-17-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 851--><p class="noindent" >For use with <span + <!--l. 872--><p class="noindent" >For use with <span class="ec-lmss-10">VTeX</span>’s PostScript backend. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-18-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">xetex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-18-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 852--><p class="noindent" >For use with XeTeX (using backend for dvipdfm). </td> + <!--l. 873--><p class="noindent" >For use with XeTeX (using backend for dvipdfm). </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-19-1" class="td01"> </td> @@ -1792,7 +1843,7 @@ class="td01"> </td> class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-22-2" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 856--><p class="indent" > If you use <span +<!--l. 877--><p class="indent" > If you use <span class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo</span>, you may need to redefine the macro <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\wwwbrowser </span>(the default is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -1806,13 +1857,13 @@ add something like this to hyperref.cfg:   Files\string\Plus!\string\Microsoft\space   Internet\string\iexplore.exe} </pre> -<!--l. 865--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 867--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 886--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 888--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.5 </span> <a id="x1-170005.5"></a>Extension options</h4> -<!--l. 868--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 889--><p class="noindent" > <a - id="x1-17001r5"></a> <!--l. 869--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-7" class="longtable" + id="x1-17001r5"></a> <!--l. 890--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-7" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-7-1g"><col id="TBL-7-1"><col @@ -1826,7 +1877,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">extension </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap class="td11"> text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-1-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-1-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 869--><p class="noindent" >Set the file extension (e.g. <span + <!--l. 890--><p class="noindent" >Set the file extension (e.g. <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvi</span>) which will be appended to file links created if you use the <span class="ec-lmss-10">xr</span> @@ -1838,7 +1889,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfigures </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-2-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-2-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 872--><p class="noindent" > </td> + <!--l. 893--><p class="noindent" > </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-3-1" class="td01"><span @@ -1847,7 +1898,7 @@ class="td11"> text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-3-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 872--><p class="noindent" >Adds ‘backlink’ text to the end of each item in the + <!--l. 893--><p class="noindent" >Adds ‘backlink’ text to the end of each item in the bibliography, as a list of section numbers. This can only work properly <span class="ec-lmri-10">if </span>there is a blank line after each @@ -1869,7 +1920,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-4-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 876--><p class="noindent" >Adds ‘backlink’ text to the end of each item in the + <!--l. 897--><p class="noindent" >Adds ‘backlink’ text to the end of each item in the bibliography, as a list of page numbers. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-5-1" @@ -1879,7 +1930,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-5-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 878--><p class="noindent" >Makes the page + <!--l. 899--><p class="noindent" >Makes the page numbers of index entries into hyperlinks. Relays on unique page anchors (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pageanchor</span></span></span>, …) <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -1894,7 +1945,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-6-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 881--><p class="noindent" >Makes the footnote marks into hyperlinks to the + <!--l. 902--><p class="noindent" >Makes the footnote marks into hyperlinks to the footnote text. Easily broken … </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-7-1" @@ -1903,7 +1954,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">encap </span></td><td style="white-space:nowra class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-7-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-7-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 883--><p class="noindent" >Sets encap character for hyperindex </td> + <!--l. 904--><p class="noindent" >Sets encap character for hyperindex </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-8-1" class="td01"><span @@ -1912,7 +1963,7 @@ class="td11"> text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">section </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-8-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 884--><p class="noindent" >make text (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 905--><p class="noindent" >make text (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">section</span></span></span>), page number (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">page</span></span></span>), both (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">all</span></span></span>) @@ -1926,7 +1977,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-9-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 885--><p class="noindent" >make page number, not text, be link on TOC, LOF + <!--l. 906--><p class="noindent" >make page number, not text, be link on TOC, LOF and LOT </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-10-1" @@ -1936,7 +1987,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-10-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 886--><p class="noindent" >allow links to break over lines by making links over + <!--l. 907--><p class="noindent" >allow links to break over lines by making links over multiple lines into PDF links to the same target </td> @@ -1948,7 +1999,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-11-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 888--><p class="noindent" >Colors the text of links and anchors. The colors + <!--l. 909--><p class="noindent" >Colors the text of links and anchors. The colors chosen depend on the the type of link. At present the only types of link distinguished are citations, page references, URLs, local file references, and other @@ -1962,7 +2013,7 @@ class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">red </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-12-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 893--><p class="noindent" >Color for normal internal links. </td> + <!--l. 914--><p class="noindent" >Color for normal internal links. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-13-1" class="td01"><span @@ -1971,7 +2022,7 @@ class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">black </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-13-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 894--><p class="noindent" >Color for anchor text. Ignored by most drivers. </td> + <!--l. 915--><p class="noindent" >Color for anchor text. Ignored by most drivers. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-14-1" class="td01"><span @@ -1980,7 +2031,7 @@ class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">green </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-14-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 895--><p class="noindent" >Color for bibliographical citations in text. </td> + <!--l. 916--><p class="noindent" >Color for bibliographical citations in text. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-15-1" class="td01"><span @@ -1989,7 +2040,7 @@ class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">cyan </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-15-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 896--><p class="noindent" >Color for URLs which open local files. </td> + <!--l. 917--><p class="noindent" >Color for URLs which open local files. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-16-1" class="td01"><span @@ -1998,7 +2049,7 @@ class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">red </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-16-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 897--><p class="noindent" >Color for Acrobat menu items. </td> + <!--l. 918--><p class="noindent" >Color for Acrobat menu items. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-17-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2007,7 +2058,7 @@ class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">filecolor </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-17-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 898--><p class="noindent" >Color for run links (launch annotations). </td> + <!--l. 919--><p class="noindent" >Color for run links (launch annotations). </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-18-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2016,7 +2067,7 @@ class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">magenta </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-18-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 899--><p class="noindent" >Color for linked URLs. </td> + <!--l. 920--><p class="noindent" >Color for linked URLs. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-19-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2024,7 +2075,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">allcolors </span></td><td style="white-space:nowr class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-19-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-19-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 900--><p class="noindent" >Set all color options (without border and field + <!--l. 921--><p class="noindent" >Set all color options (without border and field options). </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-20-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-20-1" @@ -2034,7 +2085,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-20-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 901--><p class="noindent" >Use small caps instead of color for links. </td> + <!--l. 922--><p class="noindent" >Use small caps instead of color for links. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-21-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2042,7 +2093,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hidelinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowra class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-21-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-21-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 902--><p class="noindent" >Hide links (removing color and border). </td> + <!--l. 923--><p class="noindent" >Hide links (removing color and border). </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-22-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-22-1" class="td01"> </td> @@ -2062,15 +2113,15 @@ class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id= class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-26-4" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 905--><p class="noindent" >Note that all color names must be defined before use, following the normal system of the standard +<!--l. 926--><p class="noindent" >Note that all color names must be defined before use, following the normal system of the standard LaTeX <span class="ec-lmss-10">color </span>package. -<!--l. 908--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 929--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.6 </span> <a id="x1-180005.6"></a>PDF-specific display options</h4> -<!--l. 909--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 930--><p class="noindent" > <a - id="x1-18001r6"></a> <!--l. 910--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-8" class="longtable" + id="x1-18001r6"></a> <!--l. 931--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-8" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-8-1g"><col id="TBL-8-1"><col @@ -2085,7 +2136,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-1-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 910--><p class="noindent" >A set of Acrobat bookmarks are written, in a + <!--l. 931--><p class="noindent" >A set of Acrobat bookmarks are written, in a manner similar to the table of contents, requiring two passes of LaTeX. Some postprocessing of the bookmark file (file extension <span @@ -2105,7 +2156,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-2-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 916--><p class="noindent" >If Acrobat bookmarks are requested, show them + <!--l. 937--><p class="noindent" >If Acrobat bookmarks are requested, show them with all the subtrees expanded. </td> @@ -2116,7 +2167,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksopenlevel </span></td><td style="white-space:now class="td11"> parameter </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-3-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-3-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 918--><p class="noindent" >level (<span + <!--l. 939--><p class="noindent" >level (<span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\maxdimen</span>) to which bookmarks are open</td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-4-1" @@ -2126,7 +2177,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-4-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 919--><p class="noindent" >If Acrobat bookmarks are requested, include + <!--l. 940--><p class="noindent" >If Acrobat bookmarks are requested, include section numbers. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-5-1" @@ -2136,7 +2187,7 @@ class="td11"> text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:lef class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">toc </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-5-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 920--><p class="noindent" >to specify which ‘toc’ file to mimic </td> + <!--l. 941--><p class="noindent" >to specify which ‘toc’ file to mimic </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-6-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2145,7 +2196,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-6-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 922--><p class="noindent" >This option should be used to produce CJK + <!--l. 943--><p class="noindent" >This option should be used to produce CJK bookmarks. Package <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref</span></span></span> supports both normal and preprocessed mode of the <span @@ -2161,7 +2212,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">CJK</span> Acroread itself) support this. Also note that option ‘CJKbookmarks’ cannot be used together with option ‘unicode’. - <!--l. 934--><p class="noindent" >No mechanism is provided to + <!--l. 955--><p class="noindent" >No mechanism is provided to translate non-Unicode bookmarks to Unicode; for portable PDF documents only Unicode encoding should be used. </td> @@ -2173,7 +2224,7 @@ class="td11"> name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">/I </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-7-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 937--><p class="noindent" >How link buttons behave when selected; /I is + <!--l. 958--><p class="noindent" >How link buttons behave when selected; /I is for inverse (the default); the other possibilities are /N (no effect), /O (outline), and /P (inset highlighting). </td> @@ -2185,7 +2236,7 @@ class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 1 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-8-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 940--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around citations </td> + <!--l. 961--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around citations </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-9-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2194,7 +2245,7 @@ class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 .5 .5 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-9-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 941--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around links to files </td> + <!--l. 962--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around links to files </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-10-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2203,7 +2254,7 @@ class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">1 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-10-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 942--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around normal links </td> + <!--l. 963--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around normal links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-11-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2212,7 +2263,7 @@ class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">1 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-11-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 943--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around Acrobat menu links </td> + <!--l. 964--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around Acrobat menu links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-12-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2221,7 +2272,7 @@ class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 1 1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-12-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 944--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around links to URLs </td> + <!--l. 965--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around links to URLs </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-13-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2230,7 +2281,7 @@ class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 .7 .7 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-13-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 945--><p class="noindent" >Color of border around ‘run’ links </td> + <!--l. 966--><p class="noindent" >Color of border around ‘run’ links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-14-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2238,7 +2289,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">allbordercolors </span></td><td style="white-space class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-14-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-14-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 946--><p class="noindent" >Set all border color options </td> + <!--l. 967--><p class="noindent" >Set all border color options </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-15-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2247,7 +2298,7 @@ class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:le class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 0 1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-15-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 947--><p class="noindent" >The style of box around links; defaults to a box + <!--l. 968--><p class="noindent" >The style of box around links; defaults to a box with lines of 1pt thickness, but the colorlinks option resets it to produce no border. </td> </tr><tr @@ -2266,7 +2317,7 @@ class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-19-4" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 951--><p class="noindent" >The color of link borders used to be specified <span +<!--l. 972--><p class="noindent" >The color of link borders used to be specified <span class="ec-lmri-10">only </span>as 3 numbers in the range 0..1, giving an RGB color. Since version 6.76a, the usual color specifications of package <span class="ec-lmss-10">(x)color </span>can be used if <span @@ -2275,7 +2326,7 @@ loaded. For further information see description of package <span class="ec-lmss-10">hycolor</span>. -<!--l. 957--><p class="indent" > The bookmark commands are stored in a file called <span +<!--l. 978--><p class="indent" > The bookmark commands are stored in a file called <span class="ec-lmri-10">jobname</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">.out</span>. The files is not processed by LaTeX so any markup is passed through. You can postprocess this file as needed; as an aid @@ -2287,13 +2338,13 @@ line <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17"> \let\WriteBookmarks\relax </pre> -<!--l. 964--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 966--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 985--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 987--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.7 </span> <a id="x1-190005.7"></a>PDF display and information options</h4> -<!--l. 967--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 988--><p class="noindent" > <a - id="x1-19001r7"></a> <!--l. 968--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-9" class="longtable" + id="x1-19001r7"></a> <!--l. 989--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-9" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-9-1g"><col id="TBL-9-1"><col @@ -2305,20 +2356,20 @@ id="TBL-9-4"></colgroup> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">baseurl </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-1-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 968--><p class="noindent" >URL </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-1-3" + <!--l. 989--><p class="noindent" >URL </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-1-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-1-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 968--><p class="noindent" >Sets the base URL of the PDF document </td> + <!--l. 989--><p class="noindent" >Sets the base URL of the PDF document </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-2-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagemode </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-2-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 969--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-2-3" + <!--l. 990--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-2-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-2-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 969--><p class="noindent" >Determines how the file is opening in + <!--l. 990--><p class="noindent" >Determines how the file is opening in Acrobat; the possibilities are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseNone</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2337,66 +2388,66 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseOutlines</span></span></span> is used. </td class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftitle </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-3-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 974--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-3-3" + <!--l. 995--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-3-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-3-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 974--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Title field </td> + <!--l. 995--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Title field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-4-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfauthor </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-4-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 975--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-4-3" + <!--l. 996--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-4-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-4-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 975--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Author field </td> + <!--l. 996--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Author field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-5-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfsubject </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-5-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 976--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-5-3" + <!--l. 997--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-5-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-5-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 976--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Subject field </td> + <!--l. 997--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Subject field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-6-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfcreator </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-6-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 977--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-6-3" + <!--l. 998--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-6-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-6-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 977--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Creator field </td> + <!--l. 998--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Creator field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-7-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">addtopdfcreator </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-7-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 978--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-7-3" + <!--l. 999--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-7-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-7-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 978--><p class="noindent" >Adds additional text to the document + <!--l. 999--><p class="noindent" >Adds additional text to the document information Creator field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-8-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfkeywords </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-8-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 979--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-8-3" + <!--l. 1000--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-8-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-8-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 979--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Keywords field</td> + <!--l. 1000--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Keywords field</td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-9-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftrapped </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-9-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 980--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-9-3" + <!--l. 1001--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-9-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-9-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 980--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Trapped entry. + <!--l. 1001--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Trapped entry. Possible values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">True</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">False</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2407,34 +2458,34 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">Unknown</span></span></span>. class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfinfo </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-10-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 983--><p class="noindent" >key + <!--l. 1004--><p class="noindent" >key value list </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-10-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-10-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 983--><p class="noindent" >Alternative interface for setting the document + <!--l. 1004--><p class="noindent" >Alternative interface for setting the document information. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-11-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfview </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-11-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 985--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-11-3" + <!--l. 1006--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-11-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">XYZ </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-11-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 985--><p class="noindent" >Sets the default PDF ‘view’ for each link </td> + <!--l. 1006--><p class="noindent" >Sets the default PDF ‘view’ for each link </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-12-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartpage </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-12-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 986--><p class="noindent" >integer </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-12-3" + <!--l. 1007--><p class="noindent" >integer </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-12-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-12-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 986--><p class="noindent" >Determines on which page the PDF file is + <!--l. 1007--><p class="noindent" >Determines on which page the PDF file is opened. An empty value means, the entry is not set. </td> </tr><tr @@ -2442,21 +2493,21 @@ class="td10"> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartview </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-13-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 987--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-13-3" + <!--l. 1008--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-13-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-13-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 987--><p class="noindent" >Set the startup page view </td> + <!--l. 1008--><p class="noindent" >Set the startup page view </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-14-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfremotestartview </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-14-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 988--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-14-3" + <!--l. 1009--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-14-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-14-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 988--><p class="noindent" >Set the startup page view of remote PDF files</td> + <!--l. 1009--><p class="noindent" >Set the startup page view of remote PDF files</td> </tr><tr @@ -2464,35 +2515,35 @@ class="td10"> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagescrop </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-15-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 989--><p class="noindent" >n + <!--l. 1010--><p class="noindent" >n n n n </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-15-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-15-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 989--><p class="noindent" >Sets the default PDF crop box for pages. This + <!--l. 1010--><p class="noindent" >Sets the default PDF crop box for pages. This should be a set of four numbers </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-16-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfcenterwindow </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-16-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 990--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-16-3" + <!--l. 1011--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-16-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-16-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 990--><p class="noindent" >position the document window in the center + <!--l. 1011--><p class="noindent" >position the document window in the center of the screen </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-17-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdirection </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-17-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 991--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-17-3" + <!--l. 1012--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-17-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-17-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 991--><p class="noindent" >direction setting. Possible values: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1012--><p class="noindent" >direction setting. Possible values: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">L2R</span></span></span> (left to right) and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">R2L</span></span></span> (right to left) </td> @@ -2501,22 +2552,22 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">R2L</span></span></span> (right to left) class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdisplaydoctitle </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-18-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 993--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-18-3" + <!--l. 1014--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-18-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-18-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 993--><p class="noindent" >display document title instead of file name in + <!--l. 1014--><p class="noindent" >display document title instead of file name in title bar </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-19-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfduplex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-19-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 994--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-19-3" + <!--l. 1015--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-19-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-19-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 994--><p class="noindent" >paper handling option for print + <!--l. 1015--><p class="noindent" >paper handling option for print dialog. Possible vatues are: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Simplex</span></span></span> (print single-sided), <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2530,52 +2581,52 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">DuplexFlipLongEdge</span></span></span> (duplex and flip on class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdffitwindow </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-20-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 999--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-20-3" + <!--l. 1020--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-20-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-20-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 999--><p class="noindent" >resize document window to fit document size </td> + <!--l. 1020--><p class="noindent" >resize document window to fit document size </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-21-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdflang </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-21-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1000--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-21-3" + <!--l. 1021--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-21-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">relax </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-21-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1000--><p class="noindent" >PDF language identifier (RFC 3066) </td> + <!--l. 1021--><p class="noindent" >PDF language identifier (RFC 3066) </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-22-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-22-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfmenubar </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-22-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1001--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-22-3" + <!--l. 1022--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-22-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-22-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1001--><p class="noindent" >make PDF viewer’s menu bar visible </td> + <!--l. 1022--><p class="noindent" >make PDF viewer’s menu bar visible </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-23-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-23-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnewwindow </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-23-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1002--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-23-3" + <!--l. 1023--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-23-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-23-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1002--><p class="noindent" >make links that open another PDF file start a + <!--l. 1023--><p class="noindent" >make links that open another PDF file start a new window </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-24-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-24-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnonfullscreenpagemode </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-24-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1004--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-24-3" + <!--l. 1025--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-24-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-24-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1004--><p class="noindent" >page mode setting on exiting full-screen mode. + <!--l. 1025--><p class="noindent" >page mode setting on exiting full-screen mode. Possible values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseNone</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseOutlines</span></span></span>, @@ -2587,21 +2638,21 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseOC</span></span></span> </td> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnumcopies </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-25-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1006--><p class="noindent" >integer </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-25-3" + <!--l. 1027--><p class="noindent" >integer </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-25-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-25-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1006--><p class="noindent" >number of printed copies </td> + <!--l. 1027--><p class="noindent" >number of printed copies </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-26-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-26-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelayout </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-26-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1007--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-26-3" + <!--l. 1028--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-26-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-26-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1007--><p class="noindent" >set layout of PDF pages. Possible values: + <!--l. 1028--><p class="noindent" >set layout of PDF pages. Possible values: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">SinglePage</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">OneColumn</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2616,21 +2667,21 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoPageRight</span></span></span> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelabels </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-27-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1011--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-27-3" + <!--l. 1032--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-27-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-27-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1011--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page labels </td> + <!--l. 1032--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page labels </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-28-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-28-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagetransition </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-28-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1012--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-28-3" + <!--l. 1033--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-28-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-28-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1012--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page transition style. Possible values + <!--l. 1033--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page transition style. Possible values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Split</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Blinds</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2654,11 +2705,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">R</span></span></span>, which simply replaces the old page w class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpicktraybypdfsize </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-29-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1021--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-29-3" + <!--l. 1042--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-29-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-29-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1021--><p class="noindent" >specify whether PDF page size is used to select + <!--l. 1042--><p class="noindent" >specify whether PDF page size is used to select input paper tray in print dialog </td> @@ -2667,11 +2718,11 @@ class="td10"> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintarea </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-30-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1022--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-30-3" + <!--l. 1043--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-30-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-30-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1022--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintArea of viewer preferences. Possible + <!--l. 1043--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintArea of viewer preferences. Possible values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">MediaBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2686,11 +2737,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span> </td> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintclip </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-31-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1026--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-31-3" + <!--l. 1047--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-31-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-31-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1026--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintClip of viewer preferences. Possible + <!--l. 1047--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintClip of viewer preferences. Possible values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">MediaBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2705,24 +2756,24 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span> </td> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintpagerange </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-32-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1030--><p class="noindent" >n + <!--l. 1051--><p class="noindent" >n n (n n)* </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-32-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-32-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1031--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintPageRange of viewer preferences </td> + <!--l. 1052--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintPageRange of viewer preferences </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-33-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-33-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintscaling </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-33-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1032--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-33-3" + <!--l. 1053--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-33-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-33-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1032--><p class="noindent" >page scaling option for print dialog (option + <!--l. 1053--><p class="noindent" >page scaling option for print dialog (option /PrintScaling of viewer preferences, PDF 1.6); valid values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">None</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2732,21 +2783,21 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">AppDefault</span></span></span> </td> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftoolbar </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-34-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1037--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-34-3" + <!--l. 1058--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-34-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-34-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1037--><p class="noindent" >make PDF toolbar visible </td> + <!--l. 1058--><p class="noindent" >make PDF toolbar visible </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-35-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-35-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfviewarea </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-35-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1038--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-35-3" + <!--l. 1059--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-35-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-35-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1038--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewArea of viewer preferences. Possible + <!--l. 1059--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewArea of viewer preferences. Possible values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">MediaBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2761,11 +2812,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span> </td> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfviewclip </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-36-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1042--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-36-3" + <!--l. 1063--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-36-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-36-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1042--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewClip of viewer preferences Possible + <!--l. 1063--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewClip of viewer preferences Possible values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">MediaBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2780,21 +2831,21 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span> </td> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfwindowui </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-37-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1046--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-37-3" + <!--l. 1067--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-37-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-37-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1046--><p class="noindent" >make PDF user interface elements visible </td> + <!--l. 1067--><p class="noindent" >make PDF user interface elements visible </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-38-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-38-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">unicode </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-38-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1047--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-38-3" + <!--l. 1068--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-38-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-38-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1047--><p class="noindent" >Unicode encoded PDF strings </td> + <!--l. 1068--><p class="noindent" >Unicode encoded PDF strings </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-39-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-39-1" class="td01"> </td> @@ -2811,11 +2862,11 @@ class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-42-4" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 1050--><p class="noindent" >Each link in Acrobat carries its own magnification level, which is set using PDF coordinate space, which +<!--l. 1071--><p class="noindent" >Each link in Acrobat carries its own magnification level, which is set using PDF coordinate space, which is not the same as TeX’s. The unit is bp and the origin is in the lower left corner. See also <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypercalcbp</span></span></span> that is explained on page <a -href="#x1-270006.3">59<!--tex4ht:ref: hypercalcbp --></a>. pdfTeX works by supplying default values for <span +href="#x1-270006.3">60<!--tex4ht:ref: hypercalcbp --></a>. pdfTeX works by supplying default values for <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">XYZ </span>(horizontal <span class="lmsy-10">×</span> vertical <span @@ -2829,9 +2880,9 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfview</span>, <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartview </span>and <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfremotestartview</span> parameters. -<!--l. 1062--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 1083--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-19002r8"></a> <!--l. 1063--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-10" class="longtable" + id="x1-19002r8"></a> <!--l. 1084--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-10" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-10-1g"><col id="TBL-10-1"><col @@ -2844,7 +2895,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">XYZ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-alig class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">left top zoom </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-1-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1063--><p class="noindent" >Sets a coordinate and a zoom factor. If any one + <!--l. 1084--><p class="noindent" >Sets a coordinate and a zoom factor. If any one is null, the source link value is used. <span class="ec-lmri-10">null null</span> <span @@ -2858,7 +2909,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-2-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-2-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1065--><p class="noindent" >Fits the page to the window. </td> + <!--l. 1086--><p class="noindent" >Fits the page to the window. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-3-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2866,7 +2917,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitH </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-ali class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">top </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-3-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1066--><p class="noindent" >Fits the width of the page to the window. </td> + <!--l. 1087--><p class="noindent" >Fits the width of the page to the window. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-4-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2874,7 +2925,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitV </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-ali class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">left </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-4-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1067--><p class="noindent" >Fits the height of the page to the window. </td> + <!--l. 1088--><p class="noindent" >Fits the height of the page to the window. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-5-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2882,7 +2933,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitR </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-ali class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">left bottom right top </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-5-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1068--><p class="noindent" >Fits the rectangle specified by the four + <!--l. 1089--><p class="noindent" >Fits the rectangle specified by the four coordinates to the window. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-6-1" @@ -2890,7 +2941,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitB </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-6-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-6-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1069--><p class="noindent" >Fits the page bounding box to the window. </td> + <!--l. 1090--><p class="noindent" >Fits the page bounding box to the window. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-7-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2898,7 +2949,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitBH </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-alig class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">top </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-7-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1070--><p class="noindent" >Fits the width of the page bounding box to + <!--l. 1091--><p class="noindent" >Fits the width of the page bounding box to the window. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-8-1" @@ -2907,7 +2958,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitBV </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-alig class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">left </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-8-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1071--><p class="noindent" >Fits the height of the page bounding box to + <!--l. 1092--><p class="noindent" >Fits the height of the page bounding box to the window. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-9-1" @@ -2927,11 +2978,11 @@ class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="T class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-13-3" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 1074--><p class="indent" > The <span +<!--l. 1095--><p class="indent" > The <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelayout </span>can be one of the following values. -<!--l. 1076--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 1097--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-19003r9"></a> <!--l. 1077--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-11" class="longtable" + id="x1-19003r9"></a> <!--l. 1098--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-11" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-11-1g"><col id="TBL-11-1"><col @@ -2941,40 +2992,40 @@ id="TBL-11-2"></colgroup> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">SinglePage </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-1-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1077--><p class="noindent" >Displays a single page; advancing flips the page </td> + <!--l. 1098--><p class="noindent" >Displays a single page; advancing flips the page </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-2-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">OneColumn </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-2-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1078--><p class="noindent" >Displays the document in one column; continuous scrolling. </td> + <!--l. 1099--><p class="noindent" >Displays the document in one column; continuous scrolling. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-3-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoColumnLeft </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-3-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1079--><p class="noindent" >Displays the document in two columns, odd-numbered pages to + <!--l. 1100--><p class="noindent" >Displays the document in two columns, odd-numbered pages to the left. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-4-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoColumnRight </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-4-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1080--><p class="noindent" >Displays the document in two columns, odd-numbered pages to + <!--l. 1101--><p class="noindent" >Displays the document in two columns, odd-numbered pages to the right. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-5-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoPageLeft </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-5-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1081--><p class="noindent" >Displays two pages, odd-numbered pages to the left (since PDF + <!--l. 1102--><p class="noindent" >Displays two pages, odd-numbered pages to the left (since PDF 1.5). </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-6-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoPageRight </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-6-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1082--><p class="noindent" >Displays two pages, odd-numbered pages to the right (since PDF + <!--l. 1103--><p class="noindent" >Displays two pages, odd-numbered pages to the right (since PDF 1.5). </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-7-1" @@ -2990,7 +3041,7 @@ class="td01"> </td> class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-10-2" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 1085--><p class="indent" > Finally, the <span +<!--l. 1106--><p class="indent" > Finally, the <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagetransition </span>can be one of the following values, where <span class="ec-lmri-10">/Di </span>stands for direction of motion in degrees, generally in 90<sup><span @@ -3003,9 +3054,9 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">Blinds /Dm /V</span>), and <span class="ec-lmri-10">/M </span>is for motion, either in (<span class="ec-lmvtt-10">/I</span>) or out (<span class="ec-lmvtt-10">/O</span>). -<!--l. 1092--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 1113--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-19004r10"></a> <!--l. 1093--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-12" class="longtable" + id="x1-19004r10"></a> <!--l. 1114--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-12" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-12-1g"><col id="TBL-12-1"><col @@ -3017,7 +3068,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Blinds </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-1-2" class="td11"> /Dm </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-1-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1093--><p class="noindent" >Multiple lines distributed evenly across the screen sweep + <!--l. 1114--><p class="noindent" >Multiple lines distributed evenly across the screen sweep in the same direction to reveal the new page. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-2-1" @@ -3025,7 +3076,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Box </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-2-2" class="td11"> /M </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-2-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1095--><p class="noindent" >A box sweeps in or out. </td> + <!--l. 1116--><p class="noindent" >A box sweeps in or out. </td> </tr><tr @@ -3034,7 +3085,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Dissolve </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-3-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-3-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1096--><p class="noindent" >The page image dissolves in a piecemeal fashion to reveal + <!--l. 1117--><p class="noindent" >The page image dissolves in a piecemeal fashion to reveal the new page. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-4-1" @@ -3042,7 +3093,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Glitter </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-4-2" class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-4-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1097--><p class="noindent" >Similar to Dissolve, except the effect sweeps across the + <!--l. 1118--><p class="noindent" >Similar to Dissolve, except the effect sweeps across the screen. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-5-1" @@ -3050,14 +3101,14 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Split </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-5-2" class="td11"> /Dm /M </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-5-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1098--><p class="noindent" >Two lines sweep across the screen to reveal the new page.</td> + <!--l. 1119--><p class="noindent" >Two lines sweep across the screen to reveal the new page.</td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-6-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Wipe </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-6-2" class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-6-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1099--><p class="noindent" >A single line sweeps across the screen to reveal the new + <!--l. 1120--><p class="noindent" >A single line sweeps across the screen to reveal the new page. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-7-1" @@ -3065,14 +3116,14 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">R </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-7-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-7-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1100--><p class="noindent" >Simply replaces the old page with the new one. </td> + <!--l. 1121--><p class="noindent" >Simply replaces the old page with the new one. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-8-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Fly </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-8-2" class="td11"> /Di /M </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-8-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1101--><p class="noindent" >Changes are flown out or in (as specified by /M), in the + <!--l. 1122--><p class="noindent" >Changes are flown out or in (as specified by /M), in the direction specified by /Di, to or from a location that is offscreen except when /Di is None. </td> </tr><tr @@ -3081,7 +3132,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Push </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-9-2" class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-9-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1104--><p class="noindent" >The old page slides off the screen while the new page + <!--l. 1125--><p class="noindent" >The old page slides off the screen while the new page slides in, pushing the old page out in the direction specified by /Di. </td> </tr><tr @@ -3090,7 +3141,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Cover </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-10-2" class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-10-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1107--><p class="noindent" >The new page slides on to the screen in the direction + <!--l. 1128--><p class="noindent" >The new page slides on to the screen in the direction specified by /Di, covering the old page. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-11-1" @@ -3098,7 +3149,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Uncover </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-11-2" class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-11-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1109--><p class="noindent" >The old page slides off the screen in the direction + <!--l. 1130--><p class="noindent" >The old page slides off the screen in the direction specified by /Di, uncovering the new page in the direction specified by /Di. </td> </tr><tr @@ -3107,7 +3158,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Fade </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-12-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-12-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1112--><p class="noindent" >The new page gradually becomes visible through the old + <!--l. 1133--><p class="noindent" >The new page gradually becomes visible through the old one. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-13-1" @@ -3124,11 +3175,11 @@ class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id=" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-16-3" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 1116--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1137--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.8 </span> <a id="x1-200005.8"></a>Option <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfinfo</span></h4> -<!--l. 1118--><p class="noindent" >The information entries can be set using <span +<!--l. 1139--><p class="noindent" >The information entries can be set using <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftitle</span>, <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfsubject</span>, …. Option <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfinfo </span>provides an alternative @@ -3155,15 +3206,15 @@ strings (see PDF specification). Example:   } } </pre> - <!--l. 1137--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 1140--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1158--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 1161--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.9 </span> <a id="x1-210005.9"></a>Big alphabetical list</h4> -<!--l. 1142--><p class="noindent" >The following is a complete listing of available options for <span +<!--l. 1163--><p class="noindent" >The following is a complete listing of available options for <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>, arranged alphabetically. -<!--l. 1145--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 1166--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-21001r11"></a> <!--l. 1146--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-13" class="longtable" + id="x1-21001r11"></a> <!--l. 1167--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-13" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-13-1g"><col id="TBL-13-1"><col @@ -3175,14 +3226,14 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">allbordercolors </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-1-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-1-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1146--><p class="noindent" >Set all border color options </td> + <!--l. 1167--><p class="noindent" >Set all border color options </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-2-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">allcolors </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-2-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-2-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1147--><p class="noindent" >Set all color options (without border and field + <!--l. 1168--><p class="noindent" >Set all color options (without border and field options) </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-3-1" @@ -3191,7 +3242,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">anchorcolor </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">black </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-3-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1148--><p class="noindent" >set color of anchors, ignored by most drivers. </td> + <!--l. 1169--><p class="noindent" >set color of anchors, ignored by most drivers. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-4-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3199,7 +3250,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">backref </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-4-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1149--><p class="noindent" >do bibliographical back references </td> + <!--l. 1170--><p class="noindent" >do bibliographical back references </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-5-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3207,7 +3258,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">baseurl </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-5-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1150--><p class="noindent" >set base URL for document </td> + <!--l. 1171--><p class="noindent" >set base URL for document </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-6-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3215,7 +3266,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarks </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-6-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1151--><p class="noindent" >make bookmarks </td> + <!--l. 1172--><p class="noindent" >make bookmarks </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-7-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3223,7 +3274,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksnumbered </span></td><td style="white-spac class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-7-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1152--><p class="noindent" >put section numbers in bookmarks </td> + <!--l. 1173--><p class="noindent" >put section numbers in bookmarks </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-8-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3231,7 +3282,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksopen </span></td><td style="white-s class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-8-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1153--><p class="noindent" >open up bookmark tree </td> + <!--l. 1174--><p class="noindent" >open up bookmark tree </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-9-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3239,7 +3290,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksopenlevel </span></td><td style="white-sp class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\maxdimen </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-9-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1154--><p class="noindent" >level to which bookmarks are open </td> + <!--l. 1175--><p class="noindent" >level to which bookmarks are open </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-10-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3247,7 +3298,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarkstype </span></td><td style="white-s class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">toc </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-10-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1155--><p class="noindent" >to specify which ‘toc’ file to mimic </td> + <!--l. 1176--><p class="noindent" >to specify which ‘toc’ file to mimic </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-11-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3255,7 +3306,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">breaklinks </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-11-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1156--><p class="noindent" >allow links to break over lines </td> + <!--l. 1177--><p class="noindent" >allow links to break over lines </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-12-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3263,7 +3314,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">CJKbookmarks </span></td><td style="white-sp class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-12-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1157--><p class="noindent" >to produce CJK bookmarks </td> + <!--l. 1178--><p class="noindent" >to produce CJK bookmarks </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-13-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3271,7 +3322,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">citebordercolor </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 1 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-13-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1158--><p class="noindent" >color of border around cites </td> + <!--l. 1179--><p class="noindent" >color of border around cites </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-14-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3279,7 +3330,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">citecolor </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">green </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-14-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1159--><p class="noindent" >color of citation links </td> + <!--l. 1180--><p class="noindent" >color of citation links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-15-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3287,14 +3338,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">colorlinks </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-15-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1160--><p class="noindent" >color links </td> + <!--l. 1181--><p class="noindent" >color links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-16-1" class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-16-2" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-16-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1161--><p class="noindent" >(<span + <!--l. 1182--><p class="noindent" >(<span class="ec-lmss-10">tex4ht</span>, <span class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo</span>) </td> </tr><tr @@ -3304,7 +3355,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">debug </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-17-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1162--><p class="noindent" >provide details of anchors defined; same as + <!--l. 1183--><p class="noindent" >provide details of anchors defined; same as verbose </td> @@ -3315,7 +3366,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">destlabel </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-18-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1163--><p class="noindent" >destinations are named by the first <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1184--><p class="noindent" >destinations are named by the first <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span> after the anchor creation </td> </tr><tr @@ -3325,21 +3376,21 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">draft </span></td><td style="w class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-19-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1164--><p class="noindent" >do not do any hyperlinking </td> + <!--l. 1185--><p class="noindent" >do not do any hyperlinking </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-20-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-20-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">driverfallback </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-20-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-20-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1165--><p class="noindent" >default if no driver specified or detected </td> + <!--l. 1186--><p class="noindent" >default if no driver specified or detected </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-21-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipdfm </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-21-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-21-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1166--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1187--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfm </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-22-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-22-1" @@ -3347,7 +3398,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipdfmx </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-22-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-22-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1167--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1188--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfmx </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-23-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-23-1" @@ -3355,7 +3406,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvips </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-23-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-23-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1168--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1189--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-24-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-24-1" @@ -3363,7 +3414,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipsone </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-24-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-24-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1169--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1190--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-25-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-25-1" @@ -3371,7 +3422,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dviwindo </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-25-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-25-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1170--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1191--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-26-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-26-1" @@ -3379,7 +3430,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">encap </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-26-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-26-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1171--><p class="noindent" >to set encap character for hyperindex </td> + <!--l. 1192--><p class="noindent" >to set encap character for hyperindex </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-27-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-27-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3387,7 +3438,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">extension </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">dvi </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-27-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1172--><p class="noindent" >suffix of linked files </td> + <!--l. 1193--><p class="noindent" >suffix of linked files </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-28-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-28-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3395,7 +3446,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">filebordercolor </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 .5 .5 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-28-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1173--><p class="noindent" >color of border around file links </td> + <!--l. 1194--><p class="noindent" >color of border around file links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-29-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-29-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3403,7 +3454,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">filecolor </span></td><td style="w class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">cyan </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-29-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1174--><p class="noindent" >color of file links </td> + <!--l. 1195--><p class="noindent" >color of file links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-30-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-30-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3411,7 +3462,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">final </span></td><td style=" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-30-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1175--><p class="noindent" >opposite of option draft </td> + <!--l. 1196--><p class="noindent" >opposite of option draft </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-31-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-31-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3419,14 +3470,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">frenchlinks </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-31-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1176--><p class="noindent" >use small caps instead of color for links </td> + <!--l. 1197--><p class="noindent" >use small caps instead of color for links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-32-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-32-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hidelinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-32-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-32-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1177--><p class="noindent" >Hide links (removing color and border) </td> + <!--l. 1198--><p class="noindent" >Hide links (removing color and border) </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-33-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-33-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3434,7 +3485,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfigures </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-33-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1178--><p class="noindent" >make figures hyper links </td> + <!--l. 1199--><p class="noindent" >make figures hyper links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-34-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-34-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3442,7 +3493,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfootnotes </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-34-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1179--><p class="noindent" >set up hyperlinked footnotes </td> + <!--l. 1200--><p class="noindent" >set up hyperlinked footnotes </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-35-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-35-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3450,14 +3501,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperindex </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-35-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1180--><p class="noindent" >set up hyperlinked indices </td> + <!--l. 1201--><p class="noindent" >set up hyperlinked indices </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-36-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-36-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-36-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-36-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1181--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1202--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">HyperTeX </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-37-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-37-1" @@ -3466,7 +3517,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertexnames </span></td><td style="white- class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-37-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1182--><p class="noindent" >use guessable names for links </td> + <!--l. 1203--><p class="noindent" >use guessable names for links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-38-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-38-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3474,14 +3525,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">implicit </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-38-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1183--><p class="noindent" >redefine LaTeX internals </td> + <!--l. 1204--><p class="noindent" >redefine LaTeX internals </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-39-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-39-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">latex2html </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-39-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-39-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1184--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1205--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">LaTeX2HTML </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-40-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-40-1" @@ -3490,7 +3541,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">linkbordercolor </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">1 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-40-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1185--><p class="noindent" >color of border around links </td> + <!--l. 1206--><p class="noindent" >color of border around links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-41-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-41-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3498,7 +3549,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">linkcolor </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">red </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-41-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1186--><p class="noindent" >color of links </td> + <!--l. 1207--><p class="noindent" >color of links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-42-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-42-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3506,7 +3557,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">linktoc </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">section </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-42-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1187--><p class="noindent" >make text be link on TOC, LOF and LOT </td> + <!--l. 1208--><p class="noindent" >make text be link on TOC, LOF and LOT </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-43-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-43-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3514,7 +3565,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">linktocpage </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-43-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1188--><p class="noindent" >make page number, not text, be link on TOC, + <!--l. 1209--><p class="noindent" >make page number, not text, be link on TOC, LOF and LOT </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-44-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-44-1" @@ -3523,7 +3574,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">menubordercolor </span></td><td style="white-s class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">1 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-44-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1189--><p class="noindent" >color of border around menu links </td> + <!--l. 1210--><p class="noindent" >color of border around menu links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-45-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-45-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3531,7 +3582,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">menucolor </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">red </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-45-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1190--><p class="noindent" >color for menu links </td> + <!--l. 1211--><p class="noindent" >color for menu links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-46-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-46-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3539,7 +3590,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">nativepdf </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-46-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1191--><p class="noindent" >an alias for <span + <!--l. 1212--><p class="noindent" >an alias for <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-47-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-47-1" @@ -3548,7 +3599,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">naturalnames </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-47-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1192--><p class="noindent" >use LaTeX-computed names for links </td> + <!--l. 1213--><p class="noindent" >use LaTeX-computed names for links </td> </tr><tr @@ -3558,14 +3609,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">nesting </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-48-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1193--><p class="noindent" >allow nesting of links </td> + <!--l. 1214--><p class="noindent" >allow nesting of links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-49-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-49-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">next-anchor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-49-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-49-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1194--><p class="noindent" >allow to set the name of the next anchor </td> + <!--l. 1215--><p class="noindent" >allow to set the name of the next anchor </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-50-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-50-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3573,7 +3624,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pageanchor </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-50-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1195--><p class="noindent" >put an anchor on every page </td> + <!--l. 1216--><p class="noindent" >put an anchor on every page </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-51-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-51-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3581,7 +3632,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pagebackref </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-51-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1196--><p class="noindent" >backreference by page number </td> + <!--l. 1217--><p class="noindent" >backreference by page number </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-52-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-52-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3589,7 +3640,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfauthor </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-52-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1197--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Author field </td> + <!--l. 1218--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Author field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-53-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-53-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3597,14 +3648,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfborder </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 0 1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-53-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1198--><p class="noindent" >width of PDF link border </td> + <!--l. 1219--><p class="noindent" >width of PDF link border </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-54-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-54-1" class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-54-2" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-54-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1199--><p class="noindent" >(<span + <!--l. 1220--><p class="noindent" >(<span class="ec-lmvtt-10">colorlinks)</span> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-55-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-55-1" @@ -3612,7 +3663,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfborderstyle </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-55-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-55-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1200--><p class="noindent" >border style for links </td> + <!--l. 1221--><p class="noindent" >border style for links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-56-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-56-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3620,7 +3671,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfcenterwindow </span></td><td style="white-s class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-56-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1201--><p class="noindent" >position the document window in the center + <!--l. 1222--><p class="noindent" >position the document window in the center of the screen </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-57-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-57-1" @@ -3629,14 +3680,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfcreator </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">LaTeX with </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-57-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1202--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Creator field </td> + <!--l. 1223--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Creator field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-58-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-58-1" class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-58-2" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">hyperref </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-58-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1204--><p class="noindent" > </td> + <!--l. 1225--><p class="noindent" > </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-59-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-59-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3644,7 +3695,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdirection </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-59-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1204--><p class="noindent" >direction setting </td> + <!--l. 1225--><p class="noindent" >direction setting </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-60-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-60-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3652,7 +3703,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdisplaydoctitle </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-60-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1205--><p class="noindent" >display document title instead of file name in + <!--l. 1226--><p class="noindent" >display document title instead of file name in title bar </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-61-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-61-1" @@ -3661,7 +3712,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfduplex </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-61-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1207--><p class="noindent" >paper handling option for print dialog </td> + <!--l. 1228--><p class="noindent" >paper handling option for print dialog </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-62-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-62-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3669,7 +3720,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdffitwindow </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-62-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1209--><p class="noindent" >resize document window to fit document size </td> + <!--l. 1230--><p class="noindent" >resize document window to fit document size </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-63-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-63-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3677,7 +3728,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfhighlight </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">/I </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-63-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1210--><p class="noindent" >set highlighting of PDF links </td> + <!--l. 1231--><p class="noindent" >set highlighting of PDF links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-64-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-64-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3685,7 +3736,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfinfo </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-64-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1211--><p class="noindent" >alternative interface for setting document + <!--l. 1232--><p class="noindent" >alternative interface for setting document information </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-65-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-65-1" @@ -3694,7 +3745,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfkeywords </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-65-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1212--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Keywords field </td> + <!--l. 1233--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Keywords field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-66-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-66-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3702,7 +3753,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdflang </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">relax </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-66-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1213--><p class="noindent" >PDF language identifier (RFC 3066) </td> + <!--l. 1234--><p class="noindent" >PDF language identifier (RFC 3066) </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-67-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-67-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3710,7 +3761,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfmark </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-67-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1214--><p class="noindent" >an alias for <span + <!--l. 1235--><p class="noindent" >an alias for <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-68-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-68-1" @@ -3719,7 +3770,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfmenubar </span></td><td style="white- class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-68-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1215--><p class="noindent" >make PDF viewer’s menu bar visible </td> + <!--l. 1236--><p class="noindent" >make PDF viewer’s menu bar visible </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-69-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-69-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3727,13 +3778,13 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnewwindow </span></td><td style="white-s class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-69-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1216--><p class="noindent" >make links that open another PDF </td> + <!--l. 1237--><p class="noindent" >make links that open another PDF </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-70-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-70-1" class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-70-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-70-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1217--><p class="noindent" >file start a new window </td> + <!--l. 1238--><p class="noindent" >file start a new window </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-71-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-71-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3741,7 +3792,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnonfullscreenpagemode </span></td><td style="white-spac class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-71-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1219--><p class="noindent" >page mode setting on exiting full-screen mode</td> + <!--l. 1240--><p class="noindent" >page mode setting on exiting full-screen mode</td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-72-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-72-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3749,7 +3800,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnumcopies </span></td><td style="white- class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-72-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1221--><p class="noindent" >number of printed copies </td> + <!--l. 1242--><p class="noindent" >number of printed copies </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-73-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-73-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3757,7 +3808,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelabels </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-73-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1222--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page labels </td> + <!--l. 1243--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page labels </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-74-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-74-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3765,7 +3816,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelayout </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-74-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1223--><p class="noindent" >set layout of PDF pages </td> + <!--l. 1244--><p class="noindent" >set layout of PDF pages </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-75-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-75-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3773,7 +3824,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagemode </span></td><td style="white- class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-75-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1224--><p class="noindent" >set default mode of PDF display </td> + <!--l. 1245--><p class="noindent" >set default mode of PDF display </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-76-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-76-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3781,7 +3832,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagescrop </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-76-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1225--><p class="noindent" >set crop size of PDF document </td> + <!--l. 1246--><p class="noindent" >set crop size of PDF document </td> </tr><tr @@ -3791,7 +3842,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagetransition </span></td><td style="white- class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-77-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1226--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page transition style </td> + <!--l. 1247--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page transition style </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-78-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-78-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3799,7 +3850,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpicktraybypdfsize </span></td><td style="white-s class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-78-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1228--><p class="noindent" >set option for print dialog </td> + <!--l. 1249--><p class="noindent" >set option for print dialog </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-79-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-79-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3807,7 +3858,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintarea </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-79-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1229--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintArea of viewer preferences </td> + <!--l. 1250--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintArea of viewer preferences </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-80-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-80-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3815,7 +3866,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintclip </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-80-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1230--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintClip of viewer preferences </td> + <!--l. 1251--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintClip of viewer preferences </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-81-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-81-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3823,7 +3874,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintpagerange </span></td><td style="white-s class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-81-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1231--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintPageRange of viewer preferences </td> + <!--l. 1252--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintPageRange of viewer preferences </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-82-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-82-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3831,7 +3882,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintscaling </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-82-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1232--><p class="noindent" >page scaling option for print dialog </td> + <!--l. 1253--><p class="noindent" >page scaling option for print dialog </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-83-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-83-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3839,7 +3890,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfproducer </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-83-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1233--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Producer field </td> + <!--l. 1254--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Producer field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-84-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-84-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3847,7 +3898,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfremotestartview </span></td><td style="white-s class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-84-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1234--><p class="noindent" >starting view of remote PDF documents </td> + <!--l. 1255--><p class="noindent" >starting view of remote PDF documents </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-85-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-85-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3855,7 +3906,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartpage </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-85-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1235--><p class="noindent" >page at which PDF document opens </td> + <!--l. 1256--><p class="noindent" >page at which PDF document opens </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-86-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-86-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3863,7 +3914,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartview </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-86-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1236--><p class="noindent" >starting view of PDF document </td> + <!--l. 1257--><p class="noindent" >starting view of PDF document </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-87-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-87-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3871,14 +3922,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfsubject </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-87-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1237--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Subject field </td> + <!--l. 1258--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Subject field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-88-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-88-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-88-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-88-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1238--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1259--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">pdfTeX </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-89-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-89-1" @@ -3887,7 +3938,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftitle </span></td><td style="w class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-89-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1239--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Title field </td> + <!--l. 1260--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Title field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-90-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-90-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3895,7 +3946,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftoolbar </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-90-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1240--><p class="noindent" >make PDF toolbar visible </td> + <!--l. 1261--><p class="noindent" >make PDF toolbar visible </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-91-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-91-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3903,7 +3954,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftrapped </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-91-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1241--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Trapped entry. + <!--l. 1262--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Trapped entry. Possible values are <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">True</span>, <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">False </span>and <span @@ -3916,7 +3967,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfview </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">XYZ </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-92-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1244--><p class="noindent" >PDF ‘view’ when on link traversal </td> + <!--l. 1265--><p class="noindent" >PDF ‘view’ when on link traversal </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-93-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-93-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3924,7 +3975,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfviewarea </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-93-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1245--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewArea of viewer preferences </td> + <!--l. 1266--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewArea of viewer preferences </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-94-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-94-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3932,7 +3983,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfviewclip </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-94-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1246--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewClip of viewer preferences </td> + <!--l. 1267--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewClip of viewer preferences </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-95-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-95-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3940,7 +3991,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfwindowui </span></td><td style="white- class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-95-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1247--><p class="noindent" >make PDF user interface elements visible </td> + <!--l. 1268--><p class="noindent" >make PDF user interface elements visible </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-96-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-96-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3948,14 +3999,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-96-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1248--><p class="noindent" >do page number anchors as plain Arabic </td> + <!--l. 1269--><p class="noindent" >do page number anchors as plain Arabic </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-97-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-97-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">ps2pdf </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-97-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-97-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1249--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1270--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">ps2pdf </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-98-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-98-1" @@ -3964,7 +4015,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">psdextra </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-98-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1250--><p class="noindent" >define more short names for PDF string + <!--l. 1271--><p class="noindent" >define more short names for PDF string commands </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-99-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-99-1" @@ -3973,7 +4024,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">raiselinks </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-99-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1251--><p class="noindent" >raise up links (for <span + <!--l. 1272--><p class="noindent" >raise up links (for <span class="ec-lmss-10">HyperTeX </span>backend) </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-100-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-100-1" @@ -3982,7 +4033,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">runbordercolor </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 .7 .7 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-100-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1252--><p class="noindent" >color of border around ‘run’ links </td> + <!--l. 1273--><p class="noindent" >color of border around ‘run’ links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-101-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-101-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3990,7 +4041,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">runcolor </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">filecolor </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-101-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1253--><p class="noindent" >color of ‘run’ links </td> + <!--l. 1274--><p class="noindent" >color of ‘run’ links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-102-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-102-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3998,14 +4049,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">setpagesize </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-102-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1254--><p class="noindent" >set page size by special driver commands </td> + <!--l. 1275--><p class="noindent" >set page size by special driver commands </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-103-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-103-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">tex4ht </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-103-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-103-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1255--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1276--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">TeX4ht </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-104-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-104-1" @@ -4013,7 +4064,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">textures </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-104-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-104-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1256--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1277--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">Textures </span>backend </td> @@ -4024,7 +4075,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">unicode </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-105-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1257--><p class="noindent" >Unicode encoded pdf strings, starting with + <!--l. 1278--><p class="noindent" >Unicode encoded pdf strings, starting with version v7.00g set by default to true for all engines. It will load a number of definitions in puenc.def. It can be set to false for pdflatex, @@ -4036,7 +4087,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">urlbordercolor </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 1 1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-106-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1258--><p class="noindent" >color of border around URL links </td> + <!--l. 1279--><p class="noindent" >color of border around URL links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-107-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-107-1" class="td01"><span @@ -4044,7 +4095,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">urlcolor </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">magenta </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-107-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1259--><p class="noindent" >color of URL links </td> + <!--l. 1280--><p class="noindent" >color of URL links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-108-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-108-1" class="td01"><span @@ -4052,14 +4103,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">verbose </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-108-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1260--><p class="noindent" >be chatty </td> + <!--l. 1281--><p class="noindent" >be chatty </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-109-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-109-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">vtex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-109-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-109-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1261--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1282--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">VTeX </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-110-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-110-1" @@ -4067,7 +4118,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">xetex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-110-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-110-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1262--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1283--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">XeTeX </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-111-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-111-1" @@ -4087,12 +4138,12 @@ class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-a class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-115-3" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 1265--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1286--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6 </span> <a id="x1-220006"></a>Additional user macros</h3> -<!--l. 1267--><p class="noindent" >If you need to make references to URLs, or write explicit links, the following low-level user macros are +<!--l. 1288--><p class="noindent" >If you need to make references to URLs, or write explicit links, the following low-level user macros are provided: -<!--l. 1270--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-14" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1291--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-14" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-14-1g"><col id="TBL-14-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4108,45 +4159,45 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1274--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 1295--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>is made a hyperlink to the <span class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span>; this must be a full URL (relative to the base URL, if that is defined). The special characters # and % do <span class="ec-lmri-10">not </span>need to be escaped in any way (unless the command is used in the argument of another command). -<!--l. 1279--><p class="indent" > The optional argument <span +<!--l. 1300--><p class="indent" > The optional argument <span class="ec-lmri-10">options </span>recognizes the hyperref options <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfremotestartview</span>, <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnewwindow</span> and the following key value options: <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1283--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1304--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmvtk-10">page</span><span class="ec-lmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 1283--><p class="noindent" >Specifies the start page number of remote PDF documents. First page is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1304--><p class="noindent" >Specifies the start page number of remote PDF documents. First page is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">1</span></span></span>. </dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1285--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1306--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmvtk-10">ismap</span><span class="ec-lmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 1285--><p class="noindent" >Boolean key, if set to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1306--><p class="noindent" >Boolean key, if set to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">true</span></span></span>, the URL should appended by the coordinates as query parameters by the PDF viewer. </dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1288--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1309--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmvtk-10">nextactionraw</span><span class="ec-lmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 1288--><p class="noindent" >The value of key <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1309--><p class="noindent" >The value of key <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">/Next</span></span></span> of action dictionaries, see PDF specification.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 1292--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-15" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1313--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-15" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-15-1g"><col id="TBL-15-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4156,7 +4207,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><spa class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1296--><p class="noindent" >Similar to <span +<!--l. 1317--><p class="noindent" >Similar to <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\href</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -4167,7 +4218,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}}</span></span></span>. Depending on the driver <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\href</span></span></span> also tries to detect the link type. Thus the result can be a url link, file link, … -<!--l. 1301--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-16" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1322--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-16" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-16-1g"><col id="TBL-16-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4177,10 +4228,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\nolinkurl</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1305--><p class="noindent" >Write <span +<!--l. 1326--><p class="noindent" >Write <span class="ec-lmri-10">URL </span>in the same way as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span></span></span>, without creating a hyperlink. -<!--l. 1308--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-17" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1329--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-17" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-17-1g"><col id="TBL-17-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4191,10 +4242,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1312--><p class="noindent" >A base <span +<!--l. 1333--><p class="noindent" >A base <span class="ec-lmri-10">URL </span>is established, which is prepended to other specified URLs, to make it easier to write portable documents. -<!--l. 1315--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-18" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1336--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-18" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-18-1g"><col id="TBL-18-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4207,12 +4258,12 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1319--><p class="noindent" >The link to the image referenced by the URL is inserted, using <span +<!--l. 1340--><p class="noindent" >The link to the image referenced by the URL is inserted, using <span class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>as the anchor. -<!--l. 1322--><p class="indent" > For drivers that produce HTML, the image itself is inserted by the browser, with the <span +<!--l. 1343--><p class="indent" > For drivers that produce HTML, the image itself is inserted by the browser, with the <span class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>being ignored completely. -<!--l. 1325--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-19" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1346--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-19" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-19-1g"><col id="TBL-19-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4227,10 +4278,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1329--><p class="noindent" >A target area of the document (the <span +<!--l. 1350--><p class="noindent" >A target area of the document (the <span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span>) is marked, and given the name <span class="ec-lmri-10">category.name</span> -<!--l. 1332--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-20" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1353--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-20" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-20-1g"><col id="TBL-20-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4247,10 +4298,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1336--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 1357--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>is made into a link to <span class="ec-lmri-10">URL#category.name</span> -<!--l. 1338--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-21" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1359--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-21" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-21-1g"><col id="TBL-21-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4263,12 +4314,12 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1342--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 1363--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>is made into a link to the same place as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> would be linked. -<!--l. 1346--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-22" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1367--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-22" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-22-1g"><col id="TBL-22-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4281,7 +4332,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1349--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-23" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1370--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-23" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-23-1g"><col id="TBL-23-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4294,7 +4345,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1353--><p class="noindent" >A simple internal link is created with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1374--><p class="noindent" >A simple internal link is created with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget</span></span></span>, with two parameters of an anchor <span class="ec-lmri-10">name</span>, and anchor <span @@ -4303,11 +4354,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperlink</span></span></span> has two arguments, the name class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget</span></span></span>, and the <span class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>which be used as the link on the page. -<!--l. 1359--><p class="indent" > Note that in HTML parlance, the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1380--><p class="indent" > Note that in HTML parlance, the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperlink</span></span></span> command inserts a notional # in front of each link, making it relative to the current testdocument; <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\href</span></span></span> expects a full URL. -<!--l. 1363--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-24" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1384--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-24" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-24-1g"><col id="TBL-24-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4315,7 +4366,7 @@ id="TBL-24-1"></colgroup><tr class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\phantomsection </span></td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1367--><p class="noindent" >This sets an anchor at this location. It works similar to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1388--><p class="noindent" >This sets an anchor at this location. It works similar to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget{}{}</span></span></span> with an automatically chosen anchor name. Often it is used in conjunction with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> for sectionlike things (index, @@ -4332,10 +4383,10 @@ Example: \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\indexname} \printindex </pre> - <!--l. 1380--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 1382--><p class="noindent" >Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the index points to the start of the index page, + <!--l. 1401--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 1403--><p class="noindent" >Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the index points to the start of the index page, not to a location before this page. -<!--l. 1386--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-25" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1407--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-25" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-25-1g"><col id="TBL-25-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4354,7 +4405,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1391--><p class="indent" > This retrieves the anchor or the page anchor from a label in an expandable way. It takes +<!--l. 1412--><p class="indent" > This retrieves the anchor or the page anchor from a label in an expandable way. It takes <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\HyperDestNameFilter</span></span></span> into account. It can e.g. be used with the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\bookmark</span></span></span> from the bookmark @@ -4364,12 +4415,12 @@ package to set a destination to a label: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20"> \bookmark[dest=\hyperget{anchor}{sec}]{section} </pre> -<!--l. 1397--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1399--><p class="indent" > As <span +<!--l. 1418--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1420--><p class="indent" > As <span class="ec-lmri-10">pageanchor </span>retrieves the page number from the label it can’t be use together with the option <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages</span>. -<!--l. 1402--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-26" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1423--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-26" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-26-1g"><col id="TBL-26-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4380,10 +4431,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">currentanchor</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1406--><p class="indent" > This retrieves the last anchor that has been set. It too takes <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1427--><p class="indent" > This retrieves the last anchor that has been set. It too takes <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\HyperDestNameFilter</span></span></span> into account. -<!--l. 1410--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-27" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1431--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-27" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-27-1g"><col id="TBL-27-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4393,11 +4444,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"> class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1414--><p class="noindent" >This is a replacement for the usual <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1435--><p class="noindent" >This is a replacement for the usual <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref</span></span></span> command that places a contextual label in front of the reference. This gives your users a bigger target to click for hyperlinks (e.g. ‘section 2’ instead of merely the number ‘2’). -<!--l. 1420--><p class="indent" > The label is worked out from the context of the original <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1441--><p class="indent" > The label is worked out from the context of the original <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span> command by <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>by using the macros listed below (shown with their default values). The macros can be (re)defined in documents using @@ -4405,16 +4456,16 @@ macros listed below (shown with their default values). The macros can be (re)def class="ec-lmvtt-10">\(re)newcommand</span></span></span>; note that some of these macros are already defined in the standard document classes. The mixture of lowercase and uppercase initial letters is deliberate and corresponds to the author’s practice. -<!--l. 1428--><p class="indent" > For each macro below, <span +<!--l. 1449--><p class="indent" > For each macro below, <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>checks <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\*autorefname </span>before <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\*name</span>. For instance, it looks for <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\figureautorefname </span>before <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\figurename</span>. -<!--l. 1432--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 1453--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-22001r12"></a> <!--l. 1433--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-28" class="longtable" + id="x1-22001r12"></a> <!--l. 1454--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-28" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-28-1g"><col id="TBL-28-1"><col @@ -4424,80 +4475,80 @@ id="TBL-28-2"></colgroup> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmri-10">Macro </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-1-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1433--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 1454--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmri-10">Default</span> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-2-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\figurename </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-2-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1434--><p class="noindent" >Figure </td> + <!--l. 1455--><p class="noindent" >Figure </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-3-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\tablename </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-3-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1435--><p class="noindent" >Table </td> + <!--l. 1456--><p class="noindent" >Table </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-4-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\partname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-4-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1436--><p class="noindent" >Part </td> + <!--l. 1457--><p class="noindent" >Part </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-5-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\appendixname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-5-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1437--><p class="noindent" >Appendix </td> + <!--l. 1458--><p class="noindent" >Appendix </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-6-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\equationname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-6-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1438--><p class="noindent" >Equation </td> + <!--l. 1459--><p class="noindent" >Equation </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-7-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Itemname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-7-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1439--><p class="noindent" >item </td> + <!--l. 1460--><p class="noindent" >item </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-8-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\chaptername </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-8-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1440--><p class="noindent" >chapter </td> + <!--l. 1461--><p class="noindent" >chapter </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-9-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\sectionname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-9-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1441--><p class="noindent" >section </td> + <!--l. 1462--><p class="noindent" >section </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-10-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\subsectionname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-10-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1442--><p class="noindent" >subsection </td> + <!--l. 1463--><p class="noindent" >subsection </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-11-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\subsubsectionname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-11-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1443--><p class="noindent" >subsubsection </td> + <!--l. 1464--><p class="noindent" >subsubsection </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-12-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\paragraphname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-12-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1444--><p class="noindent" >paragraph </td> + <!--l. 1465--><p class="noindent" >paragraph </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-13-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Hfootnotename </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-13-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1445--><p class="noindent" >footnote </td> + <!--l. 1466--><p class="noindent" >footnote </td> </tr><tr @@ -4505,19 +4556,19 @@ class="td10"> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\AMSname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-14-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1446--><p class="noindent" >Equation </td> + <!--l. 1467--><p class="noindent" >Equation </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-15-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theoremname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-15-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1447--><p class="noindent" >Theorem </td> + <!--l. 1468--><p class="noindent" >Theorem </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-16-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\page </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-16-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1448--><p class="noindent" >page </td> + <!--l. 1469--><p class="noindent" >page </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-17-1" class="td01"> </td> @@ -4535,7 +4586,7 @@ class="td01"> </td> class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-21-2" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 1451--><p class="indent" > Example for a redefinition if <span +<!--l. 1472--><p class="indent" > Example for a redefinition if <span class="ec-lmss-10">babel </span>is used: <blockquote class="quote"> @@ -4546,8 +4597,8 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">babel </span>is used:   \def\subsectionautorefname{Unterkapitel}% } </pre> - <!--l. 1458--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 1461--><p class="indent" > Hint: <span + <!--l. 1479--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 1482--><p class="indent" > Hint: <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref </span>works via the counter name that the reference is based on. Sometimes <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref</span> chooses the wrong name, if the counter is used for different things. For example, it happens with @@ -4587,8 +4638,8 @@ We will use \autoref{a} to prove \auto \end{document} </pre> - <!--l. 1496--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 1499--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-29" class="tabular" + <!--l. 1517--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 1520--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-29" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-29-1g"><col id="TBL-29-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4599,18 +4650,18 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1503--><p class="noindent" >It replaces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1524--><p class="noindent" >It replaces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pageref</span></span></span> and adds the name for page in front of the page reference. First <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pageautorefname</span> is checked before <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pagename</span>. -<!--l. 1508--><p class="indent" > For instances where you want a reference to use the correct counter, but not to create a +<!--l. 1529--><p class="indent" > For instances where you want a reference to use the correct counter, but not to create a link, there are starred forms (these starred forms exist even if hyperref has been loaded with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">implicit=false</span></span></span>): -<!--l. 1512--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-30" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1533--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-30" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-30-1g"><col id="TBL-30-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4620,7 +4671,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref*</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><sp class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1516--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-31" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1537--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-31" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-31-1g"><col id="TBL-31-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4631,7 +4682,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1520--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-32" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1541--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-32" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-32-1g"><col id="TBL-32-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4641,7 +4692,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref*</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb" class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1524--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-33" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1545--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-33" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-33-1g"><col id="TBL-33-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4652,18 +4703,18 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1528--><p class="indent" > A typical use would be to write +<!--l. 1549--><p class="indent" > A typical use would be to write <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-23"> \hyperref[other]{that nice section (\ref*{other}) we read before} </pre> -<!--l. 1531--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1533--><p class="indent" > We want <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1552--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1554--><p class="indent" > We want <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref*{other}</span></span></span> to generate the correct number, but not to form a link, since we do this ourselves with <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperref</span>. -<!--l. 1536--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-34" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1557--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-34" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-34-1g"><col id="TBL-34-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4676,21 +4727,21 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">TeXstring</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1540--><p class="indent" > <span +<!--l. 1561--><p class="indent" > <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef </span>returns a macro containing the PDF string. (Currently this is done globally, but do not rely on it.) All the following tasks, definitions and redefinitions are made in a group to keep them local: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1545--><p class="noindent" >Switching to PD1 or PU encoding + <!--l. 1566--><p class="noindent" >Switching to PD1 or PU encoding </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1546--><p class="noindent" >Defining the “octal sequence commands” (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1567--><p class="noindent" >Defining the “octal sequence commands” (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\345</span></span></span>): <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\edef\3{\string\3}</span></span></span> </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1547--><p class="noindent" >Special glyphs of TeX: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1568--><p class="noindent" >Special glyphs of TeX: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\{</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\%</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\&</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -4698,18 +4749,18 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\space</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\dots</span></span></span>, etc. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1548--><p class="noindent" >National glyphs (<span + <!--l. 1569--><p class="noindent" >National glyphs (<span class="ec-lmss-10">german.sty</span>, <span class="ec-lmss-10">french.sty</span>, etc.) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1549--><p class="noindent" >Logos: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1570--><p class="noindent" >Logos: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\TeX</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\eTeX</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MF</span></span></span>, etc. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1550--><p class="noindent" >Disabling commands that do not provide useful functionality in bookmarks: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1571--><p class="noindent" >Disabling commands that do not provide useful functionality in bookmarks: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\index</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -4719,20 +4770,20 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\def</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span c class="ec-lmvtt-10">\let</span></span></span>, etc. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1552--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX’s font commands like <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1573--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX’s font commands like <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textbf</span></span></span>, etc. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1553--><p class="noindent" >Support for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1574--><p class="noindent" >Support for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\xspace</span></span></span> provided by the <span class="ec-lmss-10">xspace </span>package</li></ul> -<!--l. 1556--><p class="indent" > In addition, parentheses are protected to avoid the danger of unsafe unbalanced parentheses in +<!--l. 1577--><p class="indent" > In addition, parentheses are protected to avoid the danger of unsafe unbalanced parentheses in the PDF string. For further details, see Heiko Oberdiek’s EuroTeX paper distributed with <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. -<!--l. 1560--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-35" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1581--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-35" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-35-1g"><col id="TBL-35-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4743,22 +4794,22 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{NoHyper}</span></span></span>…<span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\end</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">{NoHyper}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1563--><p class="indent" > Sometimes we just don’t want the wretched package interfering with us. Define an environment we +<!--l. 1584--><p class="indent" > Sometimes we just don’t want the wretched package interfering with us. Define an environment we can put in manually, or include in a style file, which stops the hypertext functions doing anything. This is used, for instance, in the Elsevier classes, to stop <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref</span></span></span> playing havoc in the front matter. -<!--l. 1569--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1590--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1 </span> <a id="x1-230006.1"></a>Bookmark macros</h4> -<!--l. 1571--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1592--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1.1 </span> <a id="x1-240006.1.1"></a>Setting bookmarks</h5> -<!--l. 1573--><p class="noindent" >Usually <span +<!--l. 1594--><p class="noindent" >Usually <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>automatically adds bookmarks for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\section</span></span></span> and similar macros. But they can also set manually. -<!--l. 1576--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-36" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1597--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-36" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-36-1g"><col id="TBL-36-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4772,11 +4823,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1579--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark with the specified text and at the given level (default is 0). As name for the +<!--l. 1600--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark with the specified text and at the given level (default is 0). As name for the internal anchor name is used (in conjunction with level). Therefore the name must be unique (similar to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span>). -<!--l. 1583--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-37" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1604--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-37" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-37-1g"><col id="TBL-37-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4789,8 +4840,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1586--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark at the current level. -<!--l. 1588--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-38" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1607--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark at the current level. +<!--l. 1609--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-38" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-38-1g"><col id="TBL-38-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4803,9 +4854,9 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1591--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark one step down in the bookmark hierarchy. Internally the current level is increased +<!--l. 1612--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark one step down in the bookmark hierarchy. Internally the current level is increased by one. -<!--l. 1594--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-39" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1615--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-39" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-39-1g"><col id="TBL-39-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4818,33 +4869,33 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1597--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark below the current bookmark level. However after the command the current +<!--l. 1618--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark below the current bookmark level. However after the command the current bookmark level has not changed. -<!--l. 1600--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 1621--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10">Hint: </span>Package <span class="ec-lmss-10">bookmark </span>replaces <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>’s bookmark organization by a new algorithm: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1603--><p class="noindent" >Usually only one LaTeX run is needed. + <!--l. 1624--><p class="noindent" >Usually only one LaTeX run is needed. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1604--><p class="noindent" >More control over the bookmark appearance (color, font). + <!--l. 1625--><p class="noindent" >More control over the bookmark appearance (color, font). </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1605--><p class="noindent" >Different bookmark actions are supported (external file links, URLs, …).</li></ul> -<!--l. 1608--><p class="noindent" >Therefore I recommend using this package. -<!--l. 1610--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1626--><p class="noindent" >Different bookmark actions are supported (external file links, URLs, …).</li></ul> +<!--l. 1629--><p class="noindent" >Therefore I recommend using this package. +<!--l. 1631--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1.2 </span> <a id="x1-250006.1.2"></a>Replacement macros</h5> -<!--l. 1612--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 1633--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>takes the text for bookmarks from the arguments of commands like <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\section</span>, which can contain things like math, colors, or font changes, none of which will display in bookmarks as is. -<!--l. 1616--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-40" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1637--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-40" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-40-1g"><col id="TBL-40-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4857,7 +4908,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">PDFstring</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1620--><p class="indent" > For example, +<!--l. 1641--><p class="indent" > For example, <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24"> @@ -4869,8 +4920,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> } \section{\texorpdfstring{\textcolor{red}}{}{Red} Mars} </pre> -<!--l. 1629--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1631--><p class="indent" > <span +<!--l. 1650--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1652--><p class="indent" > <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef </span>executes the hook before it expands the string. Therefore, you can use this hook to perform additional tasks or to disable additional commands. @@ -4882,8 +4933,8 @@ perform additional tasks or to disable additional commands.   \renewcommand{\mycommand}[1]{}% } </pre> -<!--l. 1641--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1643--><p class="indent" > However, for disabling commands, an easier way is via <span +<!--l. 1662--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1664--><p class="indent" > However, for disabling commands, an easier way is via <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdefDisableCommands</span>, which adds its argument to the definition of <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdefPreHook </span>(‘@’ can here be used as letter in command @@ -4897,11 +4948,11 @@ names):   \let\textcolor\@gobble } </pre> -<!--l. 1654--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1656--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1675--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1677--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.2 </span> <a id="x1-260006.2"></a>Pagelabels</h4> -<!--l. 1657--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-41" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1678--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-41" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-41-1g"><col id="TBL-41-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4912,19 +4963,19 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">page number format</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1661--><p class="noindent" >This allows to change format of the page number shown in the tool bar of a PDF viewer for a specific +<!--l. 1682--><p class="noindent" >This allows to change format of the page number shown in the tool bar of a PDF viewer for a specific page, for example -<!--l. 1664--><p class="indent" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1685--><p class="indent" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\thispdfpagelabel{Empty</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> Page-\roman{page}}</span></span></span> -<!--l. 1666--><p class="indent" > The command affects the page on which it is executed, so asynchronous page breaking should be +<!--l. 1687--><p class="indent" > The command affects the page on which it is executed, so asynchronous page breaking should be taken into account. It should be used in places where for example <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\thispagestyle</span></span></span> can be use too. -<!--l. 1669--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1690--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.3 </span> <a id="x1-270006.3"></a>Utility macros</h4> -<!--l. 1672--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-42" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1693--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-42" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-42-1g"><col id="TBL-42-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4935,7 +4986,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">dimen specification</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1675--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1696--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypercalcbp</span></span></span> takes a TeX dimen specification and converts it to bp and returns the number without the unit. This is useful for options <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfview</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -4951,91 +5002,91 @@ Example:     -\headheight-\headsep} } </pre> - <!--l. 1687--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 1689--><p class="noindent" >The origin of the PDF coordinate system is the lower left corner. -<!--l. 1691--><p class="indent" > Note, for calculations you need either package <span + <!--l. 1708--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 1710--><p class="noindent" >The origin of the PDF coordinate system is the lower left corner. +<!--l. 1712--><p class="indent" > Note, for calculations you need either package <span class="ec-lmss-10">calc </span>or <span class="lmmi-10">ε</span>-<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span>. Nowadays the latter should automatically be enabled for <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> formats. Users without <span class="lmmi-10">ε</span>-<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span>, please, look in the source documentation <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.dtx</span></span></span> for further limitations. -<!--l. 1697--><p class="indent" > Also <span +<!--l. 1718--><p class="indent" > Also <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypercalcbp </span>cannot be used in option specifications of <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\documentclass </span>and <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage</span>, because <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> expands the option lists of these commands. However package <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>is not yet loaded and an undefined control sequence error would arise. -<!--l. 1704--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1725--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7 </span> <a id="x1-280007"></a>New Features<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="hyperref-doc6.html#fn5x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">5</sup></a></span><a id="x1-28001f5"></a> </h3> <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.1 </span> <a id="x1-290007.1"></a>Option ‘pdflinkmargin’</h4> -<!--l. 1709--><p class="noindent" >Option ‘pdflinkmargin’ is an experimental option for specifying a link margin, if the driver supports this. +<!--l. 1730--><p class="noindent" >Option ‘pdflinkmargin’ is an experimental option for specifying a link margin, if the driver supports this. Default is 1 pt for supporting drivers. -<!--l. 1714--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 1735--><p class="indent" > <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1715--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1736--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmbx-10">pdfTeX</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 1715--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1736--><p class="noindent" > <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1717--><p class="noindent" >The link area also depends on the surrounding box. + <!--l. 1738--><p class="noindent" >The link area also depends on the surrounding box. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1718--><p class="noindent" >Settings have local effect. + <!--l. 1739--><p class="noindent" >Settings have local effect. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1719--><p class="noindent" >When a page is shipped out, pdfTeX uses the current setting of the link margin for all + <!--l. 1740--><p class="noindent" >When a page is shipped out, pdfTeX uses the current setting of the link margin for all links on the page.</li></ul> </dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1723--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1744--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmbx-10">pdfmark</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 1723--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1744--><p class="noindent" > <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1725--><p class="noindent" >Settings have global effect.</li></ul> + <!--l. 1746--><p class="noindent" >Settings have global effect.</li></ul> </dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1728--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1749--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmbx-10">xetex</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 1728--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1749--><p class="noindent" > <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1730--><p class="noindent" >Settings must be done in the preamble or the first page and then have global effect. + <!--l. 1751--><p class="noindent" >Settings must be done in the preamble or the first page and then have global effect. The key inserts the new (x)dvipdfmx special <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special{dvipdfmx:config</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> g</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> #1}</span></span></span> (with the unit removed).</li></ul> </dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1734--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1755--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmbx-10">Other drivers</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 1734--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 1739--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1755--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported.</dd></dl> +<!--l. 1760--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.2 </span> <a id="x1-300007.2"></a>Field option ‘calculatesortkey’</h4> -<!--l. 1741--><p class="noindent" >Fields with calculated values are calculated in document order by default. If calculated field values +<!--l. 1762--><p class="noindent" >Fields with calculated values are calculated in document order by default. If calculated field values depend on other calculated fields that appear later in the document, then the correct calculation order can be specified with option ‘calculatesortkey’. Its value is used as key to lexicographically sort the calculated fields. The sort key do not need to be unique. Fields that share the same key are sorted in document order. -<!--l. 1751--><p class="indent" > Currently the field option ‘calculatesortkey’ is only supported by the driver for pdfTeX. -<!--l. 1754--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1772--><p class="indent" > Currently the field option ‘calculatesortkey’ is only supported by the driver for pdfTeX. +<!--l. 1775--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.3 </span> <a id="x1-310007.3"></a>Option ‘next-anchor’</h4> -<!--l. 1755--><p class="noindent" >This option allows to overwrite the anchor name of the next anchor. This makes it possible to give for +<!--l. 1776--><p class="noindent" >This option allows to overwrite the anchor name of the next anchor. This makes it possible to give for example the heading of the table of contents an anchor name which can be referenced with a bookmark command. @@ -5045,14 +5096,14 @@ command. \tableofcontents \bookmark[dest=\HyperDestNameFilter{toc},level=section]{\contentsname} </pre> -<!--l. 1763--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1765--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1784--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1786--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.4 </span> <a id="x1-320007.4"></a>Option ‘localanchorname’</h4> -<!--l. 1767--><p class="noindent" >When<span class="marginpar">Deprecated 2022-04-27 v7.00o</span> an anchor is set (e.g. via <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1788--><p class="noindent" >When<span class="marginpar">Deprecated 2022-04-27 v7.00o</span> an anchor is set (e.g. via <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\refstepcounter</span></span></span>, then the anchor name is globally set to the current anchor name. -<!--l. 1771--><p class="indent" > For example: +<!--l. 1792--><p class="indent" > For example: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29"> @@ -5060,28 +5111,28 @@ globally set to the current anchor name.     \begin{equation}\end{equation}     \label{sec:foobar} </pre> -<!--l. 1776--><p class="nopar" > With the default global setting (localanchorname=false) a reference to ‘sec:foobar’ jumps to the +<!--l. 1797--><p class="nopar" > With the default global setting (localanchorname=false) a reference to ‘sec:foobar’ jumps to the equation before. With option ‘localanchorname’ the anchor of the equation is forgotten after the environment and the reference ‘sec:foobar’ jumps to the section title. -<!--l. 1784--><p class="indent" > Option ‘localanchorname’ is an experimental option, there might be situations, where the anchor +<!--l. 1805--><p class="indent" > Option ‘localanchorname’ is an experimental option, there might be situations, where the anchor name is not available as expected. -<!--l. 1788--><p class="indent" > The option is deprecated: it makes it difficult for package authors to add targets for links if it is +<!--l. 1809--><p class="indent" > The option is deprecated: it makes it difficult for package authors to add targets for links if it is unclear if <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@currentHref</span></span></span> is set locally or globally. -<!--l. 1792--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1813--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.5 </span> <a id="x1-330007.5"></a>Option ‘customdriver’</h4> -<!--l. 1794--><p class="noindent" >The value of option ‘customdriver’ is the name of an external driver file without extension ‘.def’. The file +<!--l. 1815--><p class="noindent" >The value of option ‘customdriver’ is the name of an external driver file without extension ‘.def’. The file must have <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ProvidesFile</span></span></span> with a version date and number that match the date and number of ‘hyperref’, otherwise a warning is given. -<!--l. 1799--><p class="indent" > Because the interface, what needs to be defined in the driver, is not well defined and +<!--l. 1820--><p class="indent" > Because the interface, what needs to be defined in the driver, is not well defined and quite messy, the option is mainly intended to ease developing, testing, debugging the driver part. -<!--l. 1804--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1825--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.6 </span> <a id="x1-340007.6"></a>Option ‘psdextra’</h4> -<!--l. 1806--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX’s NFSS is used to assist the conversion of arbitrary TeX strings to PDF strings (bookmarks, PDF +<!--l. 1827--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX’s NFSS is used to assist the conversion of arbitrary TeX strings to PDF strings (bookmarks, PDF information entries). Many math command names (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\geq</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\notin</span></span></span>, ...) are not in control of NFSS, @@ -5095,17 +5146,17 @@ on means that the short names are available. Then <span class="obeylines-h"><spa class="ec-lmvtt-10">\geq</span></span></span> can directly be used instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textgeq</span></span></span>. -<!--l. 1820--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1841--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.7 </span> <a id="x1-350007.7"></a>\XeTeXLinkBox</h4> -<!--l. 1822--><p class="noindent" >When XeTeX generates a link annotation, it does not look at the boxes (as the other drivers), but only +<!--l. 1843--><p class="noindent" >When XeTeX generates a link annotation, it does not look at the boxes (as the other drivers), but only at the character glyphs. If there are no glyphs (images, rules, ...), then it does not generate a link annotation. Macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\XeTeXLinkBox</span></span></span> puts its argument in a box and adds spaces at the lower left and upper right corners. An additional margin can be specified by setting it to the dimen register <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\XeTeXLinkMargin</span></span></span>. The default is 2pt. -<!--l. 1831--><p class="indent" > Example: +<!--l. 1852--><p class="indent" > Example: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30"> @@ -5122,8 +5173,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\XeTeXLinkMargin</span></span></span>. The default is 2pt.     }     \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 1847--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1849--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1868--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1870--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.8 </span> <a id="x1-360007.8"></a>\IfHyperBooleanExists and \IfHyperBoolean</h4> @@ -5131,7 +5182,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\XeTeXLinkMargin</span></span></span>. The default is 2pt. <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31">  \IfHyperBooleanExists{OPTION}{YES}{NO} </pre> -<!--l. 1852--><p class="nopar" > If a hyperref OPTION is a boolean, that means it takes values ‘true’ or ‘false’, then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1873--><p class="nopar" > If a hyperref OPTION is a boolean, that means it takes values ‘true’ or ‘false’, then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\IfHyperBooleanExists</span></span></span> calls YES, otherwise NO. @@ -5139,23 +5190,23 @@ calls YES, otherwise NO. <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32">  \IfHyperBoolean{OPTION}{YES}{NO} </pre> -<!--l. 1859--><p class="nopar" > Macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1880--><p class="nopar" > Macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\IfHyperBoolean</span></span></span> calls YES, if OPTION exists as boolean and is enabled. Otherwise NO is executed. -<!--l. 1865--><p class="indent" > Both macros are expandable. Additionally option ‘stoppedearly’ is available. It is enabled if +<!--l. 1886--><p class="indent" > Both macros are expandable. Additionally option ‘stoppedearly’ is available. It is enabled if <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MaybeStopEarly</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MaybeStopNow</span></span></span> end hyperref prematurely. -<!--l. 1870--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1891--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.9 </span> <a id="x1-370007.9"></a>\unichar</h4> -<!--l. 1872--><p class="noindent" >If a Unicode character is not supported by puenc.def, it can be given by using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1893--><p class="noindent" >If a Unicode character is not supported by puenc.def, it can be given by using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\unichar</span></span></span>. Its name and syntax is inherited from package ‘ucs’. However it is defined independently for use in hyperref’s <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef</span></span></span> (that converts arbitrary TeX code to PDF strings or tries to do this). -<!--l. 1880--><p class="indent" > Macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1901--><p class="indent" > Macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\unichar</span></span></span> takes a TeX number as argument, examples for U+263A (WHITE SMILING FACE): @@ -5164,7 +5215,7 @@ FACE):     \unichar{"263A}% hexadecimal notation     \unichar{9786}% decimal notation </pre> -<!--l. 1885--><p class="nopar" > ‘"’ must not be a babel shorthand character or otherwise active. Otherwise prefix it with +<!--l. 1906--><p class="nopar" > ‘"’ must not be a babel shorthand character or otherwise active. Otherwise prefix it with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\string</span></span></span>: @@ -5172,18 +5223,18 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\string</span></span></span>: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34">     \unichar{\string"263A}% converts ‘"’ to ‘"’ with catcode 12 (other) </pre> -<!--l. 1890--><p class="nopar" > Users of (n)german packages or babel options may use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1911--><p class="nopar" > Users of (n)german packages or babel options may use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\dq</span></span></span> instead: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35">     \unichar{\dq 263A}% \dq is double quote with catcode 12 (other) </pre> -<!--l. 1894--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1897--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1915--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1918--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.10 </span> <a id="x1-380007.10"></a>\ifpdfstringunicode</h4> -<!--l. 1899--><p class="noindent" >Some features of the PDF specification needs PDF strings. Examples are bookmarks or the entries in the +<!--l. 1920--><p class="noindent" >Some features of the PDF specification needs PDF strings. Examples are bookmarks or the entries in the information dictionary. The PDF specification allows two encodings ‘PDFDocEncoding’ (8-bit encoding) and ‘Unicode’ (UTF-16). The user can help using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span></span></span> to replace complicate TeX constructs @@ -5194,7 +5245,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ifpdfstringunicode</span></span></span>. It is only allowed class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span></span></span> and takes two arguments, the first allows the full range of Unicode. The second is limited to the characters available in PDFDocEncoding. -<!--l. 1913--><p class="indent" > As example we take a macro definition for the Vietnamese name of Hàn Thế Thành. Correctly written +<!--l. 1934--><p class="indent" > As example we take a macro definition for the Vietnamese name of Hàn Thế Thành. Correctly written it needs some accented characters, one character even with a double accent. Class ‘tugboat.cls’ defines a macro for the typesetted name: @@ -5206,9 +5257,9 @@ macro for the typesetted name:       ~Th\‘anh%     } </pre> -<!--l. 1923--><p class="nopar" > It’s not entirely correct, the second accent over the ‘e’ is not an acute, but a hook. However standard +<!--l. 1944--><p class="nopar" > It’s not entirely correct, the second accent over the ‘e’ is not an acute, but a hook. However standard LaTeX does not provide such an accent. -<!--l. 1928--><p class="indent" > Now we can extend the definition to support hyperref. The first and the last word are already +<!--l. 1949--><p class="indent" > Now we can extend the definition to support hyperref. The first and the last word are already supported automatically. Characters with two or more accents are a difficult business in LaTeX, because the NFSS2 macros of the LaTeX kernel do not support more than one accent. Therefore also puenc.def misses support for them. But we can provide it using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -5219,7 +5270,7 @@ is: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37">     % U+1EC3 LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH CIRCUMFLEX AND HOOK ABOVE </pre> -<!--l. 1937--><p class="nopar" > Thus we can put this together: +<!--l. 1958--><p class="nopar" > Thus we can put this together: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38"> @@ -5230,7 +5281,7 @@ is:       ~Th\‘anh%     } </pre> -<!--l. 1946--><p class="nopar" > For PDFDocEncoding (PD1) the variant above has dropped the second accent. Alternatively we could +<!--l. 1967--><p class="nopar" > For PDFDocEncoding (PD1) the variant above has dropped the second accent. Alternatively we could provide a representation without accents instead of wrong accents: @@ -5249,12 +5300,12 @@ provide a representation without accents instead of wrong accents:       }%     } </pre> -<!--l. 1964--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1966--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1985--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1987--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.11 </span> <a id="x1-390007.11"></a>Customizing index style file with \nohyperpage</h4> -<!--l. 1968--><p class="noindent" >Since version 2008/08/14 v6.78f. -<!--l. 1972--><p class="indent" > For hyperlink support in the index, hyperref inserts <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1989--><p class="noindent" >Since version 2008/08/14 v6.78f. +<!--l. 1993--><p class="indent" > For hyperlink support in the index, hyperref inserts <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> into the index macros. After processing with Makeindex, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> analyzes its argument to detect page ranges and page comma @@ -5265,7 +5316,7 @@ lists. However, only the standard settings are supported directly:     delim_r "--"     delim_n ", " </pre> -<!--l. 1979--><p class="nopar" > (See manual page/documentation of Makeindex that explains the keys that can be used in style files for +<!--l. 2000--><p class="nopar" > (See manual page/documentation of Makeindex that explains the keys that can be used in style files for Makeindex.) Customized versions of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">delim_r,</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> delim_n,</span><span @@ -5284,153 +5335,153 @@ e.g.:     suffix_2p "\\nohyperpage{f.}"     suffix_3p "\\nohyperpage{ff.}" </pre> -<!--l. 1991--><p class="nopar" > (Depending on the typesetting tradition some space “<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2012--><p class="nopar" > (Depending on the typesetting tradition some space “<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\\</span></span></span>,” or “<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">~</span></span></span>” should be put before the first f inside <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\nohyperpage</span></span></span>.) -<!--l. 1996--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2017--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.12 </span> <a id="x1-400007.12"></a>Experimental option ‘ocgcolorlinks’</h4> -<!--l. 1998--><p class="noindent" >The idea are colored links, when viewed, but printed without colors. This new experimental option +<!--l. 2019--><p class="noindent" >The idea are colored links, when viewed, but printed without colors. This new experimental option ‘ocgcolorlinks’ uses Optional Content Groups, a feature introduced in PDF 1.5. -<!--l. 2002--><p class="indent" > A better implementation which hasn’t the disadvantage to prevent line breaks is in the ocgx2 +<!--l. 2023--><p class="indent" > A better implementation which hasn’t the disadvantage to prevent line breaks is in the ocgx2 package. Check its documentation for details how to use it. <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2005--><p class="noindent" >The option must be given for package loading: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 2026--><p class="noindent" >The option must be given for package loading: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage[ocgcolorlinks]{hyperref}</span></span></span> </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2007--><p class="noindent" >Main disadvantage: Links cannot be broken across lines. PDF reference 1.7: 4.10.2 “Making + <!--l. 2028--><p class="noindent" >Main disadvantage: Links cannot be broken across lines. PDF reference 1.7: 4.10.2 “Making Graphical Content Optional”: Graphics state operations, such as setting the color, ..., are still applied. Therefore the link text is put in a box and set twice, with and without color. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2013--><p class="noindent" >The feature can be switched of by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 2034--><p class="noindent" >The feature can be switched of by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup{ocgcolorlinks=false}</span></span></span> inside the document. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2015--><p class="noindent" >Supported drivers: pdftex, dvipdfm + <!--l. 2036--><p class="noindent" >Supported drivers: pdftex, dvipdfm </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2016--><p class="noindent" >The PDF version should be at least 1.5. It is automatically set for pdfTeX, LuaTeX and + <!--l. 2037--><p class="noindent" >The PDF version should be at least 1.5. It is automatically set for pdfTeX, LuaTeX and dvipdfmx.</li></ul> -<!--l. 2020--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2041--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.13 </span> <a id="x1-410007.13"></a>Option ‘pdfa’</h4> -<!--l. 2022--><p class="noindent" >The new option ‘pdfa’ tries to avoid violations of PDF/A in code generated by hyperref. However, the +<!--l. 2043--><p class="noindent" >The new option ‘pdfa’ tries to avoid violations of PDF/A in code generated by hyperref. However, the result is usually not in PDF/A, because many features aren’t controlled by hyperref (XMP metadata, fonts, colors, driver dependend low level stuff, ...). -<!--l. 2029--><p class="indent" > Currently, option ‘pdfa’ sets and disables the following items: +<!--l. 2050--><p class="indent" > Currently, option ‘pdfa’ sets and disables the following items: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2031--><p class="noindent" >Enabled annotation flags: Print, NoZoom, NoRotate [PDF/A 6.5.3]. + <!--l. 2052--><p class="noindent" >Enabled annotation flags: Print, NoZoom, NoRotate [PDF/A 6.5.3]. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2032--><p class="noindent" >Disabled annotation flags: Hidden, Invisible, NoView [PDF/A 6.5.3]. + <!--l. 2053--><p class="noindent" >Disabled annotation flags: Hidden, Invisible, NoView [PDF/A 6.5.3]. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2033--><p class="noindent" >Disabled: Launch action (<a + <!--l. 2054--><p class="noindent" >Disabled: Launch action (<a href="run:..." >[</a>PDF/A 6.6.1]. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2034--><p class="noindent" >Restricted: Named actions (NextPage, PrevPage, FirstPage, LastPage) [PDF/A 6.6.1]. + <!--l. 2055--><p class="noindent" >Restricted: Named actions (NextPage, PrevPage, FirstPage, LastPage) [PDF/A 6.6.1]. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2036--><p class="noindent" >Many things are disabled in PDF formulars: + <!--l. 2057--><p class="noindent" >Many things are disabled in PDF formulars: <ul class="itemize2"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2038--><p class="noindent" >JavaScript actions [PDF/A 6.6.1] + <!--l. 2059--><p class="noindent" >JavaScript actions [PDF/A 6.6.1] </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2039--><p class="noindent" >Trigger events (additional actions) [PDF/A 6.6.2] + <!--l. 2060--><p class="noindent" >Trigger events (additional actions) [PDF/A 6.6.2] </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2040--><p class="noindent" >Push button (because of JavaScript) + <!--l. 2061--><p class="noindent" >Push button (because of JavaScript) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2041--><p class="noindent" >Interactive Forms: Flag NeedAppearances is the default ‘false’ (Because of this, + <!--l. 2062--><p class="noindent" >Interactive Forms: Flag NeedAppearances is the default ‘false’ (Because of this, hyperref’s implementation of Forms looks ugly). [PDF/A 6.9]</li></ul> </li></ul> -<!--l. 2049--><p class="indent" > The default value of the new option ‘pdfa’ is ‘false’. It influences the loading of the package and +<!--l. 2070--><p class="indent" > The default value of the new option ‘pdfa’ is ‘false’. It influences the loading of the package and cannot be changed after hyperref is loaded (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage{hyperref}</span></span></span>). -<!--l. 2055--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2076--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.14 </span> <a id="x1-420007.14"></a>Option ‘linktoc’ added</h4> -<!--l. 2057--><p class="noindent" >The new option ‘linktoc’ allows more control which part of an entry in the table of contents is made into +<!--l. 2078--><p class="noindent" >The new option ‘linktoc’ allows more control which part of an entry in the table of contents is made into a link: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2060--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=none’ (no links) + <!--l. 2081--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=none’ (no links) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2061--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=section’ (default behaviour, same as ‘linktocpage=false’) + <!--l. 2082--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=section’ (default behaviour, same as ‘linktocpage=false’) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2062--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=page’ (same as ‘linktocpage=true’) + <!--l. 2083--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=page’ (same as ‘linktocpage=true’) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2063--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=all’ (both the section and page part are links)</li></ul> -<!--l. 2066--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 2084--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=all’ (both the section and page part are links)</li></ul> +<!--l. 2087--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.15 </span> <a id="x1-430007.15"></a>Option ‘pdfnewwindow’ changed</h4> -<!--l. 2068--><p class="noindent" >Before 6.77b: +<!--l. 2089--><p class="noindent" >Before 6.77b: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2070--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=true <span + <!--l. 2091--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=true <span class="lmsy-10">→ </span>/NewWindow true </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2071--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=false <span + <!--l. 2092--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=false <span class="lmsy-10">→ </span>(absent) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2072--><p class="noindent" >unused pdfnewwindow <span + <!--l. 2093--><p class="noindent" >unused pdfnewwindow <span class="lmsy-10">→ </span>(absent)</li></ul> -<!--l. 2074--><p class="noindent" >Since 6.77b: +<!--l. 2095--><p class="noindent" >Since 6.77b: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2076--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=true <span + <!--l. 2097--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=true <span class="lmsy-10">→ </span>/NewWindow true </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2077--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=false <span + <!--l. 2098--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=false <span class="lmsy-10">→ </span>/NewWindow false </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2078--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow= <span + <!--l. 2099--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow= <span class="lmsy-10">→ </span>(absent) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2079--><p class="noindent" >unused pdfnewwindow <span + <!--l. 2100--><p class="noindent" >unused pdfnewwindow <span class="lmsy-10">→ </span>(absent)</li></ul> -<!--l. 2084--><p class="indent" > Rationale: There is a difference between setting to ‘false’ and an absent entry. In the former case the +<!--l. 2105--><p class="indent" > Rationale: There is a difference between setting to ‘false’ and an absent entry. In the former case the new document replaces the old one, in the latter case the PDF viewer application should respect the user preference. -<!--l. 2090--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2111--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.16 </span> <a id="x1-440007.16"></a>Flag options for PDF forms</h4> -<!--l. 2092--><p class="noindent" >PDF form field macros (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2113--><p class="noindent" >PDF form field macros (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\TextField</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\CheckBox</span></span></span>, ...) support boolean flag options. The option name is the lowercase version of the names in the PDF specification (1.7): -<!--l. 2096--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 2117--><p class="indent" > <a href="http://www.adobe.com/devnet/pdf/pdf_reference.html" class="url" ><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/pdf/pdf_reference.html</span></a> -<!--l. 2098--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 2119--><p class="indent" > <a href="http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf" class="url" ><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf</span></a> -<!--l. 2100--><p class="indent" > Options (convert to lowercase) except flags in square brackets: +<!--l. 2121--><p class="indent" > Options (convert to lowercase) except flags in square brackets: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2103--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.16 Annotation flags (page 608): - <!--l. 2105--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> + <!--l. 2124--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.16 Annotation flags (page 608): + <!--l. 2126--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> <br />1 Invisible <br />2 Hidden (PDF 1.2) <br />3 Print (PDF 1.2) @@ -5443,23 +5494,23 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf</ <br />10 LockedContents (PDF 1.7)</div> </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2117--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.70 Field flags common to all field types (page 676): - <!--l. 2119--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> + <!--l. 2138--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.70 Field flags common to all field types (page 676): + <!--l. 2140--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> <br />1 ReadOnly <br />2 Required <br />3 NoExport</div> </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2124--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.75 Field flags specific to button fields (page 686): - <!--l. 2126--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> + <!--l. 2145--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.75 Field flags specific to button fields (page 686): + <!--l. 2147--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> <br />15 NoToggleToOff (Radio buttons only) <br />16 Radio (set: radio buttons, clear: check box, pushbutton: clear) <br />17 Pushbutton <br />26 RadiosInUniso (PDF 1.5)</div> </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2132--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.77 Field flags specific to text fields (page 691): - <!--l. 2134--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> + <!--l. 2153--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.77 Field flags specific to text fields (page 691): + <!--l. 2155--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> <br />13 Multiline <br />14 Password <br />21 FileSelect (PDF 1.4) @@ -5470,8 +5521,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf</ </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2143--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.79 Field flags specific to choice fields (page 693): - <!--l. 2145--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> + <!--l. 2164--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.79 Field flags specific to choice fields (page 693): + <!--l. 2166--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> <br />18 Combo (set: combo box, clear: list box) <br />19 Edit (only useful if Combo is set) <br />20 (Sort) for authoring tools, not PDF viewers @@ -5480,8 +5531,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf</ <br />27 CommitOnSelChange (PDF 1.5)</div> </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2153--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.86 Flags for submit-form actions (page 704): - <!--l. 2155--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> + <!--l. 2174--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.86 Flags for submit-form actions (page 704): + <!--l. 2176--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> <br />[1 Include/Exclude] unsupported, use ‘noexport’ (table 8.70) instead <br />2 IncludeNoValueFields <br />[3 ExportFormat] handled by option ‘export’ @@ -5496,35 +5547,35 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf</ <br />12 ExclFKey (PDF 1.4) <br />14 EmbedForm (PDF 1.5)</div> </li></ul> -<!--l. 2172--><p class="indent" > New option ‘export’ sets the export format of a submit action. Valid values are (upper- or +<!--l. 2193--><p class="indent" > New option ‘export’ sets the export format of a submit action. Valid values are (upper- or lowercase): <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2175--><p class="noindent" >FDF + <!--l. 2196--><p class="noindent" >FDF </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2176--><p class="noindent" >HTML + <!--l. 2197--><p class="noindent" >HTML </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2177--><p class="noindent" >XFDF + <!--l. 2198--><p class="noindent" >XFDF </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2178--><p class="noindent" >PDF (not supported by Acrobat Reader)</li></ul> -<!--l. 2181--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 2199--><p class="noindent" >PDF (not supported by Acrobat Reader)</li></ul> +<!--l. 2202--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.17 </span> <a id="x1-450007.17"></a>Option ‘pdfversion’</h4> -<!--l. 2183--><p class="noindent" >This is an experimental option. It notifies ‘hyperref’ about the intended PDF version. Currently this is +<!--l. 2204--><p class="noindent" >This is an experimental option. It notifies ‘hyperref’ about the intended PDF version. Currently this is used in code for PDF forms (implementation notes 116 and 122 of PDF spec 1.7). -<!--l. 2189--><p class="indent" > Values: 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7. Values below 1.2 are not supported, because most drivers expect +<!--l. 2210--><p class="indent" > Values: 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7. Values below 1.2 are not supported, because most drivers expect higher PDF versions. -<!--l. 2194--><p class="indent" > The option must be used early, not after <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2215--><p class="indent" > The option must be used early, not after <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage{hyperref}</span></span></span>. -<!--l. 2197--><p class="indent" > In theory this option should also set the PDF version, but this is not generally supported. +<!--l. 2218--><p class="indent" > In theory this option should also set the PDF version, but this is not generally supported. <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2200--><p class="noindent" >pdfTeX below 1.10a: unsupported. pdfTeX <span + <!--l. 2221--><p class="noindent" >pdfTeX below 1.10a: unsupported. pdfTeX <span class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>1.10a and < 1.30: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfoptionpdfminorversion</span></span></span> pdfTeX <span @@ -5532,97 +5583,97 @@ class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>1.30: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="ver class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfminorversion</span></span></span> </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2203--><p class="noindent" >dvipdfm: configuration file, example: TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/config/config, entry ‘V + <!--l. 2224--><p class="noindent" >dvipdfm: configuration file, example: TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/config/config, entry ‘V 2’. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2205--><p class="noindent" >dvipdfmx: configuration file, example: TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/dvipdfmx.cfg, entry + <!--l. 2226--><p class="noindent" >dvipdfmx: configuration file, example: TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/dvipdfmx.cfg, entry ‘V 4’. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2207--><p class="noindent" >Ghostscript: option -dCompatibilityLevel (this is set in ‘ps2pdf12’, ‘ps2pdf13’, ‘ps2pdf14’).</li></ul> -<!--l. 2212--><p class="indent" > The current PDF version is used as default if this version can be detected (only pdfTeX <span + <!--l. 2228--><p class="noindent" >Ghostscript: option -dCompatibilityLevel (this is set in ‘ps2pdf12’, ‘ps2pdf13’, ‘ps2pdf14’).</li></ul> +<!--l. 2233--><p class="indent" > The current PDF version is used as default if this version can be detected (only pdfTeX <span class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>1.10a). Otherwise the lowest version 1.2 is assumed. Thus ‘hyperref’ tries to avoid PDF code that breaks this version, but is free to use ignorable higher PDF features. -<!--l. 2219--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2240--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.18 </span> <a id="x1-460007.18"></a>Field option ‘name’</h4> -<!--l. 2221--><p class="noindent" >Many form objects uses the label argument for several purposes: +<!--l. 2242--><p class="noindent" >Many form objects uses the label argument for several purposes: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2224--><p class="noindent" >Layouted label. + <!--l. 2245--><p class="noindent" >Layouted label. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2225--><p class="noindent" >As name in HTML structures.</li></ul> -<!--l. 2227--><p class="noindent" >Code that is suitable for layouting with TeX can break in the structures of the output format. If option + <!--l. 2246--><p class="noindent" >As name in HTML structures.</li></ul> +<!--l. 2248--><p class="noindent" >Code that is suitable for layouting with TeX can break in the structures of the output format. If option ‘name’ is given, then its value is used as name in the different output structures. Thus the value should consist of letters only. -<!--l. 2234--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2255--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.19 </span> <a id="x1-470007.19"></a>Option ‘pdfencoding’</h4> -<!--l. 2236--><p class="noindent" >The PDF format allows two encodings for bookmarks and entries in the information dictionary: +<!--l. 2257--><p class="noindent" >The PDF format allows two encodings for bookmarks and entries in the information dictionary: PDFDocEncoding and Unicode as UTF-16BE. Option <span class="ec-lmss-10">pdfencoding </span>selects between these encodings: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2240--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 2261--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmss-10">pdfdoc </span>uses PDFDocEncoding. It uses just one byte per character, but the supported characters are limited (244 in PDF-1.7). </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2242--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 2263--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmss-10">unicode </span>sets Unicode. It is encoded as UTF-16BE. Two bytes are used for most characters, surrogates need four bytes. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2244--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 2265--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmss-10">auto </span>PDFDocEncoding if the string does not contain characters outside the encoding (outside ascii if an unicode engine is used) and Unicode otherwise. This option is not intended for the unicode engines.</li></ul> -<!--l. 2249--><p class="indent" > All drivers use <span +<!--l. 2270--><p class="indent" > All drivers use <span class="ec-lmss-10">unicode </span>by default now. If another encoding should be forced, it should be done in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypersetup</span></span></span>. -<!--l. 2252--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2273--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.20 </span> <a id="x1-480007.20"></a>Color options/package hycolor</h4> -<!--l. 2254--><p class="noindent" >See documentation of package ‘hycolor’. -<!--l. 2257--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2275--><p class="noindent" >See documentation of package ‘hycolor’. +<!--l. 2278--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.21 </span> <a id="x1-490007.21"></a>Option pdfusetitle</h4> -<!--l. 2259--><p class="noindent" >If option pdfusetitle is set then hyperref tries to derive the values for pdftitle and pdfauthor +<!--l. 2280--><p class="noindent" >If option pdfusetitle is set then hyperref tries to derive the values for pdftitle and pdfauthor from <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\title</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\author</span></span></span>. An optional argument for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\title</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\author</span></span></span> is supported (class amsart). -<!--l. 2265--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2286--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.22 </span> <a id="x1-500007.22"></a>Starred form of \autoref</h4> -<!--l. 2267--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2288--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref*</span></span></span> generates a reference without link as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref*</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pageref*</span></span></span>. -<!--l. 2270--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2291--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.23 </span> <a id="x1-510007.23"></a>Link border style</h4> -<!--l. 2272--><p class="noindent" >Links can be underlined instead of the default rectangle or options <span +<!--l. 2293--><p class="noindent" >Links can be underlined instead of the default rectangle or options <span class="ec-lmss-10">colorlinks</span>, <span class="ec-lmss-10">frenchlinks</span>. This is done by option <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfborderstyle={/S/U/W</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> 1}</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2276--><p class="indent" > Some remarks: +<!--l. 2297--><p class="indent" > Some remarks: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2279--><p class="noindent" >AR7/Linux seems to have a bug, that don’t use the default value <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 2300--><p class="noindent" >AR7/Linux seems to have a bug, that don’t use the default value <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">1</span></span></span> for the width, but zero, thus that the underline is not visible without <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">/W</span><span @@ -5630,44 +5681,44 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10"> 1</span></span></span>. The same applies for dashed pdfborderstyle=/S/D/D[3 2]/W 1 </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2285--><p class="noindent" >The syntax is described in the PDF specification, look for “border style”, eg. Table 8.13 + <!--l. 2306--><p class="noindent" >The syntax is described in the PDF specification, look for “border style”, eg. Table 8.13 “Entries in a border style dictionary” (specification for version 1.6) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2290--><p class="noindent" >The border style is removed by pdfborderstyle= This is automatically done if option + <!--l. 2311--><p class="noindent" >The border style is removed by pdfborderstyle= This is automatically done if option colorlinks is enabled. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2294--><p class="noindent" >Be aware that not all PDF viewers support this feature, not even Acrobat Reader itself: - <!--l. 2297--><p class="noindent" >Some support: + <!--l. 2315--><p class="noindent" >Be aware that not all PDF viewers support this feature, not even Acrobat Reader itself: + <!--l. 2318--><p class="noindent" >Some support: <ul class="itemize2"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2299--><p class="noindent" >AR7/Linux: <span + <!--l. 2320--><p class="noindent" >AR7/Linux: <span class="ec-lmss-10">underline </span>and <span class="ec-lmss-10">dashed</span>, but the border width must be given. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2301--><p class="noindent" >xpdf 3.00: <span + <!--l. 2322--><p class="noindent" >xpdf 3.00: <span class="ec-lmss-10">underline </span>and <span class="ec-lmss-10">dashed</span></li></ul> - <!--l. 2304--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported: + <!--l. 2325--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported: <ul class="itemize2"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2306--><p class="noindent" >AR5/Linux + <!--l. 2327--><p class="noindent" >AR5/Linux </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2307--><p class="noindent" >ghostscript 8.50</li></ul> + <!--l. 2328--><p class="noindent" >ghostscript 8.50</li></ul> </li></ul> -<!--l. 2311--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2332--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.24 </span> <a id="x1-520007.24"></a>Option <span class="ec-lmss-10">bookmarksdepth</span></h4> -<!--l. 2313--><p class="noindent" >The depth of the bookmarks can be controlled by the new option <span +<!--l. 2334--><p class="noindent" >The depth of the bookmarks can be controlled by the new option <span class="ec-lmss-10">bookmarksdepth</span>. The option acts globally and distinguishes three cases: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2317--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 2338--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmss-10">bookmarksdepth </span>without value Then hyperref uses the current value of counter <span class="ec-lmss-10">tocdepth</span>. This is the compatible behaviour and the default. @@ -5675,12 +5726,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">tocdepth</span>. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2320--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 2341--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksdepth=<number></span></span></span>, the value is number (also negative): The depth for the bookmarks are set to this number. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2322--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 2343--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksdepth=<name></span></span></span> The <name> is a document division name (part, chapter, ...). It must not start with a digit or minus to avoid mixing up with the number case. Internally hyperref uses the value of macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -5692,32 +5743,32 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\toclevel@<name></span></span></span>. Example     \hypersetup{bookmarksdepth=4} % same as before     \hypersetup{bookmarksdepth} % counter "tocdepth" is used </pre> - <!--l. 2332--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul> -<!--l. 2335--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 2353--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul> +<!--l. 2356--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.25 </span> <a id="x1-530007.25"></a>Option <span class="ec-lmss-10">pdfescapeform</span></h4> -<!--l. 2337--><p class="noindent" >There are many places where arbitrary strings end up as PS or PDF strings. The PS/PDF strings in +<!--l. 2358--><p class="noindent" >There are many places where arbitrary strings end up as PS or PDF strings. The PS/PDF strings in parentheses form require the protection of some characters, e.g. unmatched left or right parentheses need escaping or the escape character itself (backslash). Since 2006/02/12 v6.75a the PS/PDF driver should do this automatically. However I assume a problem with compatibility, especially regarding the form part where larger amounts of JavaScript code can be present. It would be a pain to remove all the escaping, because an additional escaping layer can falsify the code. -<!--l. 2349--><p class="indent" > Therefore a new option pdfescapeform was introduced: +<!--l. 2370--><p class="indent" > Therefore a new option pdfescapeform was introduced: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2351--><p class="noindent" >pdfescapeform=false Escaping for the formulars are disabled, this is the compatibility + <!--l. 2372--><p class="noindent" >pdfescapeform=false Escaping for the formulars are disabled, this is the compatibility behaviour, therefore this is the default. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2354--><p class="noindent" >pdfescapeform=true Then the PS/PDF drivers do all the necessary escaping. This is the + <!--l. 2375--><p class="noindent" >pdfescapeform=true Then the PS/PDF drivers do all the necessary escaping. This is the logical choice and the recommended setting. For example, the user writes JavaScript as JavaScript and do not care about escaping characters for PS/PDF output.</li></ul> -<!--l. 2362--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2383--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.26 </span> <a id="x1-540007.26"></a>Default driver setting</h4> -<!--l. 2364--><p class="noindent" >(hyperref <span +<!--l. 2385--><p class="noindent" >(hyperref <span class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>6.72s) If no driver is given, hyperref tries its best to guess the most suitable driver. Thus it loads <span class="ec-lmss-10">hpdftex</span>, if pdfTeX is detected running in PDF mode. Or it loads the @@ -5733,18 +5784,18 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg</span></span></span>: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43">     \providecommand*{\Hy@defaultdriver}{hdvips} </pre> -<!--l. 2377--><p class="nopar" > for dvips, or +<!--l. 2398--><p class="nopar" > for dvips, or <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44">     \providecommand*{\Hy@defaultdriver}{hypertex} </pre> -<!--l. 2381--><p class="nopar" > for the default behaviour of hyperref. -<!--l. 2384--><p class="indent" > See also the new option ‘driverfallback’. -<!--l. 2386--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2402--><p class="nopar" > for the default behaviour of hyperref. +<!--l. 2405--><p class="indent" > See also the new option ‘driverfallback’. +<!--l. 2407--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.27 </span> <a id="x1-550007.27"></a>Backref entries</h4> -<!--l. 2388--><p class="noindent" >Alternative interface for formatting of backref entries, example: +<!--l. 2409--><p class="noindent" >Alternative interface for formatting of backref entries, example: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45"> @@ -5837,11 +5888,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg</span></span></span>: \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 2477--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2479--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2498--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2500--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.28 </span> <a id="x1-560007.28"></a>\phantomsection</h4> -<!--l. 2481--><p class="noindent" >Set an anchor at this location. It is often used in conjunction with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2502--><p class="noindent" >Set an anchor at this location. It is often used in conjunction with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> for sectionlike things (index, bibliography, preface). <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> refers to the latest previous location where an anchor is @@ -5854,13 +5905,13 @@ set.   \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\indexname}   \printindex </pre> -<!--l. 2491--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2493--><p class="indent" > Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the index points to the start of the index +<!--l. 2512--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2514--><p class="indent" > Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the index points to the start of the index page, not to a location before this page. -<!--l. 2497--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2518--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.29 </span> <a - id="x1-570007.29"></a>puenc encoding, puenc-greek.def and puenc-extra.def</h4> -<!--l. 2499--><p class="noindent" >The <span + id="x1-570007.29"></a>puenc encoding, puenc-greekbasic.def and puenc-extra.def</h4> +<!--l. 2520--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">unicode </span>option loads for the bookmarks <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">puenc.def </span>which contains quite a lot definitions of commands for the bookmarks. As <span @@ -5871,26 +5922,27 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>uses two strategies. <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2506--><p class="noindent" >A number of command are only defined conditionally: The commands for the cyrillic block + <!--l. 2527--><p class="noindent" >A number of command are only defined conditionally: The commands for the cyrillic block if <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\CYRDZE </span>is defined, greek if <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textBeta </span>is defined, and hebrew if <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hebdalet </span>is defined. - <!--l. 2510--><p class="noindent" >The greek block is in an extra file, <span -class="ec-lmvtt-10">puenc-greek.def</span>, which can be loaded manually if needed. + <!--l. 2531--><p class="noindent" >The greek block is in an extra file, <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">puenc-greekbasic.def</span>, which can be loaded manually if + needed. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2513--><p class="noindent" >Other commands are moved to an extra file <span + <!--l. 2534--><p class="noindent" >Other commands are moved to an extra file <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">puenc-extra.def </span>which is not loaded automatically, but can be loaded in the preamble if needed. Currently this file contains all definitions for the accent <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\G</span>.</li></ul> -<!--l. 2520--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2541--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8 </span> <a id="x1-580008"></a>Acrobat-specific behavior</h3> -<!--l. 2521--><p class="noindent" >If you want to access the menu options of Acrobat Reader or Exchange, the following macro is provided +<!--l. 2542--><p class="noindent" >If you want to access the menu options of Acrobat Reader or Exchange, the following macro is provided in the appropriate drivers: -<!--l. 2524--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-43" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2545--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-43" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-43-1g"><col id="TBL-43-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -5903,17 +5955,17 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2528--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 2549--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>is used to create a button which activates the appropriate <span class="ec-lmri-10">menuoption</span>. The following table lists the option names you can use—comparison of this with the menus in Acrobat Reader or Exchange will show what they do. Obviously some are only appropriate to Exchange. -<!--l. 2531--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 2552--><p class="indent" > <a id="x1-58001r13"></a> - <!--l. 2532--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-44" class="longtable" + <!--l. 2553--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-44" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-44-1g"><col id="TBL-44-1"><col @@ -5922,7 +5974,7 @@ id="TBL-44-2"></colgroup> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-1-1" class="td01">File </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-1-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2532--><p class="noindent" >Open, + <!--l. 2553--><p class="noindent" >Open, Close, Scan, Save, @@ -5936,7 +5988,7 @@ class="td10"> class="td01">File<span class="lmsy-10">→</span>Import </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-2-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2533--><p class="noindent" >ImportImage, + <!--l. 2554--><p class="noindent" >ImportImage, ImportNotes, AcroForm:ImportFDF </td> </tr><tr @@ -5944,14 +5996,14 @@ class="td10"> class="td01">File<span class="lmsy-10">→</span>Export </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-3-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2534--><p class="noindent" >ExportNotes, + <!--l. 2555--><p class="noindent" >ExportNotes, AcroForm:ExportFDF </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-4-1" class="td01">File<span class="lmsy-10">→</span>DocumentInfo </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-4-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2535--><p class="noindent" >GeneralInfo, + <!--l. 2556--><p class="noindent" >GeneralInfo, OpenInfo, FontsInfo, SecurityInfo, @@ -5962,7 +6014,7 @@ class="td10"> class="td01">File<span class="lmsy-10">→</span>Preferences </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-5-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2536--><p class="noindent" >GeneralPrefs, + <!--l. 2557--><p class="noindent" >GeneralPrefs, NotePrefs, FullScreenPrefs, Weblink:Prefs, @@ -5974,7 +6026,7 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-6-1" class="td01">Edit </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-6-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2538--><p class="noindent" >Undo, + <!--l. 2559--><p class="noindent" >Undo, Cut, Copy, Paste, @@ -5990,13 +6042,13 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-7-1" class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-7-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2541--><p class="noindent" >Properties </td> + <!--l. 2562--><p class="noindent" >Properties </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-8-1" class="td01">Edit<span class="lmsy-10">→</span>Fields </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-8-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2542--><p class="noindent" >AcroForm:Duplicate, + <!--l. 2563--><p class="noindent" >AcroForm:Duplicate, AcroForm:TabOrder </td> @@ -6004,7 +6056,7 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-9-1" class="td01">Document </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-9-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2543--><p class="noindent" >Cpt:CapturePages, + <!--l. 2564--><p class="noindent" >Cpt:CapturePages, AcroForm:Actions, CropPages, RotatePages, @@ -6020,7 +6072,7 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-10-1" class="td01">View </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-10-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2546--><p class="noindent" >ActualSize, + <!--l. 2567--><p class="noindent" >ActualSize, FitVisible, FitWidth, FitPage, @@ -6044,7 +6096,7 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-11-1" class="td01">Tools </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-11-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2549--><p class="noindent" >Hand, + <!--l. 2570--><p class="noindent" >Hand, ZoomIn, ZoomOut, SelectText, @@ -6066,7 +6118,7 @@ class="td10"> class="td01">Tools<span class="lmsy-10">→</span>Search </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-12-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2552--><p class="noindent" >AcroSrch:Query, + <!--l. 2573--><p class="noindent" >AcroSrch:Query, AcroSrch:Indexes, AcroSrch:Results, AcroSrch:Assist, @@ -6078,7 +6130,7 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-13-1" class="td01">Window </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-13-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2554--><p class="noindent" >ShowHideToolBar, + <!--l. 2575--><p class="noindent" >ShowHideToolBar, ShowHideMenuBar, ShowHideClipboard, Cascade, @@ -6089,7 +6141,7 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-14-1" class="td01">Help </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-14-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2556--><p class="noindent" >HelpUserGuide, + <!--l. 2577--><p class="noindent" >HelpUserGuide, HelpTutorial, HelpExchange, HelpScan, @@ -6104,7 +6156,7 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-15-1" class="td01">Help(Windows) </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-15-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2558--><p class="noindent" >About </td> + <!--l. 2579--><p class="noindent" >About </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-16-1" class="td01"> </td> @@ -6119,18 +6171,18 @@ class="td01"> </td> class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-19-2" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 2561--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2582--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9 </span> <a id="x1-590009"></a>PDF and HTML forms</h3> -<!--l. 2562--><p class="noindent" >You must put your fields inside a <span +<!--l. 2583--><p class="noindent" >You must put your fields inside a <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Form </span>environment. The environment does some general setups, so should be used only once in a document. Using simply <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Form </span>at the begin of the document is possible too. -<!--l. 2566--><p class="indent" > There are six macros to prepare fields: +<!--l. 2587--><p class="indent" > There are six macros to prepare fields: -<!--l. 2568--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-45" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2589--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-45" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-45-1g"><col id="TBL-45-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6143,7 +6195,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2572--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-46" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2593--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-46" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-46-1g"><col id="TBL-46-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6156,7 +6208,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2576--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-47" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2597--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-47" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-47-1g"><col id="TBL-47-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6171,7 +6223,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">choices</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2580--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-48" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2601--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-48" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-48-1g"><col id="TBL-48-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6184,7 +6236,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2584--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-49" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2605--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-49" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-49-1g"><col id="TBL-49-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6197,7 +6249,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2588--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-50" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2609--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-50" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-50-1g"><col id="TBL-50-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6210,8 +6262,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2592--><p class="indent" > The way forms and their labels are laid out is determined by: -<!--l. 2593--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-51" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2613--><p class="indent" > The way forms and their labels are laid out is determined by: +<!--l. 2614--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-51" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-51-1g"><col id="TBL-51-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6224,7 +6276,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">field</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2597--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-52" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2618--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-52" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-52-1g"><col id="TBL-52-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6237,7 +6289,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">field</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2601--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-53" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2622--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-53" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-53-1g"><col id="TBL-53-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6250,9 +6302,9 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">field</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2605--><p class="indent" > These macros default to #1 #2 -<!--l. 2607--><p class="indent" > What is actually shown in the field is determined by: -<!--l. 2608--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-54" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2626--><p class="indent" > These macros default to #1 #2 +<!--l. 2628--><p class="indent" > What is actually shown in the field is determined by: +<!--l. 2629--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-54" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-54-1g"><col id="TBL-54-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6265,7 +6317,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2612--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-55" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2633--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-55" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-55-1g"><col id="TBL-55-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6278,7 +6330,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2615--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-56" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2636--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-56" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-56-1g"><col id="TBL-56-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6291,7 +6343,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2618--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-57" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2639--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-57" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-57-1g"><col id="TBL-57-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6304,7 +6356,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2622--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-58" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2643--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-58" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-58-1g"><col id="TBL-58-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6314,7 +6366,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MakeButtonField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2626--><p class="indent" > These macros default to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2647--><p class="indent" > These macros default to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\vbox</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> to</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> #2{\hbox</span><span @@ -6323,7 +6375,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10"> #1{\hfill}\vfill}</span></span></span>, except the l to #1; it is used for buttons, and the special <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Submit </span>and <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Reset </span>macros. -<!--l. 2630--><p class="indent" > You may also want to redefine the following macros: +<!--l. 2651--><p class="indent" > You may also want to redefine the following macros: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47"> @@ -6339,13 +6391,13 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Reset </span>macros. \def\DefaultHeightofTextMultiline{4\baselineskip} \def\DefaultWidthofText{3cm} </pre> -<!--l. 2643--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2645--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2664--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2666--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1 </span> <a id="x1-600009.1"></a>Forms environment parameters</h4> -<!--l. 2648--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2669--><p class="noindent" > <a - id="x1-60001r14"></a> <!--l. 2649--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-59" class="longtable" + id="x1-60001r14"></a> <!--l. 2670--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-59" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-59-1g"><col id="TBL-59-1"><col @@ -6358,7 +6410,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">action </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text- class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">URL </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-59-1-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2649--><p class="noindent" >The URL that will receive the form data if a <span + <!--l. 2670--><p class="noindent" >The URL that will receive the form data if a <span class="ec-lmss-10">Submit </span>button is included in the form </td> </tr><tr @@ -6368,7 +6420,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">encoding </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-a class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">name </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-59-2-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2650--><p class="noindent" >The encoding for the string set to the URL; FDF-encoding + <!--l. 2671--><p class="noindent" >The encoding for the string set to the URL; FDF-encoding is usual, and <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">html </span>is the only valid value </td> </tr><tr @@ -6378,7 +6430,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">method </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-al class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">name </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-59-3-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2652--><p class="noindent" >Used only when generating HTML; values can be <span + <!--l. 2673--><p class="noindent" >Used only when generating HTML; values can be <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">post </span>or <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">get</span> </td> @@ -6400,16 +6452,16 @@ class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id= class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-59-8-3" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 2655--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2676--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.2 </span> <a id="x1-610009.2"></a>Forms optional parameters</h4> -<!--l. 2656--><p class="noindent" >Note that all colors must be expressed as RGB triples, in the range 0..1 (i.e. <span +<!--l. 2677--><p class="noindent" >Note that all colors must be expressed as RGB triples, in the range 0..1 (i.e. <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">color=0 0</span> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">0.5</span>) -<!--l. 2660--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 2681--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-61001r15"></a> <!--l. 2661--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-60" class="longtable" + id="x1-61001r15"></a> <!--l. 2682--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-60" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-60-1g"><col id="TBL-60-1"><col @@ -6869,28 +6921,28 @@ class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id= class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-60-63-4" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 2722--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2743--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10 </span> <a id="x1-6200010"></a>Defining a new driver</h3> -<!--l. 2723--><p class="noindent" >A hyperref driver has to provide definitions for eight macros: -<!--l. 2726--><p class="noindent" >1. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2744--><p class="noindent" >A hyperref driver has to provide definitions for eight macros: +<!--l. 2747--><p class="noindent" >1. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@anchor</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2728--><p class="noindent" >2. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2749--><p class="noindent" >2. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@link</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2730--><p class="noindent" >3. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2751--><p class="noindent" >3. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkfile</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2732--><p class="noindent" >4. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2753--><p class="noindent" >4. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkurl</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2734--><p class="noindent" >5. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2755--><p class="noindent" >5. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@anchorstart</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2736--><p class="noindent" >6. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2757--><p class="noindent" >6. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@anchorend</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2738--><p class="noindent" >7. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2759--><p class="noindent" >7. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkstart</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2740--><p class="noindent" >8. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2761--><p class="noindent" >8. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkend</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2743--><p class="indent" > The draft option defines the macros as follows +<!--l. 2764--><p class="indent" > The draft option defines the macros as follows <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48"> @@ -6903,16 +6955,16 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkend</span></span></span> \let\hyper@linkstart\@gobbletwo \let\hyper@linkend\@empty </pre> -<!--l. 2753--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2755--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2774--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2776--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11 </span> <a id="x1-6300011"></a>Special support for other packages</h3> -<!--l. 2757--><p class="noindent" >Package <span +<!--l. 2778--><p class="noindent" >Package <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>aims to cooperate with other packages, but there are several possible sources for conflict, such as <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2762--><p class="noindent" >Packages that manipulate the bibliographic mechanism. Peter William’s <span + <!--l. 2783--><p class="noindent" >Packages that manipulate the bibliographic mechanism. Peter William’s <span class="ec-lmss-10">harvard </span>package is supported. However, the recommended package is Patrick Daly’s <span class="ec-lmss-10">natbib </span>package that has @@ -6922,16 +6974,16 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>hooks to allow reliable interaction. This pac class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2769--><p class="noindent" >Packages that changes <span + <!--l. 2790--><p class="noindent" >Packages that changes <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label </span>and <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref </span>macros. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2772--><p class="noindent" >Packages that do anything serious with the index. + <!--l. 2793--><p class="noindent" >Packages that do anything serious with the index. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2774--><p class="noindent" >Packages that do anything serious with sectioning commands and the toc</li></ul> -<!--l. 2779--><p class="indent" > The <span + <!--l. 2795--><p class="noindent" >Packages that do anything serious with sectioning commands and the toc</li></ul> +<!--l. 2800--><p class="indent" > The <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>package is distributed with variants on two useful packages designed to work especially well with it. These are <span class="ec-lmss-10">xr </span>and <span @@ -6939,11 +6991,11 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">minitoc</span>, which support crossdocument links using <span <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span>/<span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref </span>mechanisms and per-chapter tables of contents, respectively. -<!--l. 2786--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2807--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1 </span> <a id="x1-6400011.1"></a>Package Compatibility</h4> -<!--l. 2788--><p class="noindent" >Currently only package loading orders are available: -<!--l. 2791--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2809--><p class="noindent" >Currently only package loading orders are available: +<!--l. 2812--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.1 </span> <a id="x1-6500011.1.1"></a>algorithm</h5> @@ -6952,11 +7004,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref </span>mechanisms and per-chapter tables of contents, r   \usepackage{hyperref}   \usepackage[chapter]{algorithm}% eg. </pre> -<!--l. 2796--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2798--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2817--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2819--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.2 </span> <a id="x1-6600011.1.2"></a>amsmath</h5> -<!--l. 2800--><p class="noindent" >The environments equation and eqnarray are not supported too well. For example, there might be +<!--l. 2821--><p class="noindent" >The environments equation and eqnarray are not supported too well. For example, there might be spacing problems (eqnarray isn’t recommended anyway, see CTAN:info/l2tabu/, the situation for equation is unclear, because nobody is interested in investigating). Consider using the environments that package amsmath provide, e.g. gather for equation. The environment equation can even redefined to use @@ -6968,22 +7020,22 @@ gather:   \let\equation\gather   \let\endequation\endgather </pre> -<!--l. 2811--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2813--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2832--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2834--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.3 </span> <a id="x1-6700011.1.3"></a>amsrefs</h5> -<!--l. 2815--><p class="noindent" >Package loading order: +<!--l. 2836--><p class="noindent" >Package loading order: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51">   \usepackage{hyperref}   \usepackage{amsrefs} </pre> -<!--l. 2820--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2822--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2841--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2843--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.4 </span> <a id="x1-6800011.1.4"></a>arydshln, longtable</h5> -<!--l. 2824--><p class="noindent" >Package longtable must be put before hyperref and arydshln, hyperref after arydshln generates an error, +<!--l. 2845--><p class="noindent" >Package longtable must be put before hyperref and arydshln, hyperref after arydshln generates an error, thus the resulting package order is then: @@ -6992,16 +7044,16 @@ thus the resulting package order is then:   \usepackage{hyperref}   \usepackage{arydshln} </pre> -<!--l. 2832--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2834--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2853--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2855--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.5 </span> <a id="x1-6900011.1.5"></a>babel/magyar.ldf</h5> -<!--l. 2836--><p class="noindent" >The old version 2005/03/30 v1.4j will not work. You need at least version 1.5, maintained by Péter +<!--l. 2857--><p class="noindent" >The old version 2005/03/30 v1.4j will not work. You need at least version 1.5, maintained by Péter Szabó, see CTAN:language/hungarian/babel/. -<!--l. 2841--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2862--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.6 </span> <a id="x1-7000011.1.6"></a>babel/spanish.ldf</h5> -<!--l. 2843--><p class="noindent" >Babel’s spanish.ldf redefines ‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2864--><p class="noindent" >Babel’s spanish.ldf redefines ‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.</span></span></span>’ to support ‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\...</span></span></span>’. In bookmarks (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef</span></span></span>) only ‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -7009,10 +7061,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.</span></span></span>’ is supported. If ‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\...</span></span></span>’ is needed, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring{\...}{\dots}</span></span></span> can be used instead. -<!--l. 2850--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2871--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.7 </span> <a id="x1-7100011.1.7"></a>bibentry</h5> -<!--l. 2852--><p class="noindent" >Workaround: +<!--l. 2873--><p class="noindent" >Workaround: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53"> @@ -7031,16 +7083,16 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring{\...}{\dots}</span></span></span> can be use     \nobibliography{database}   \endgroup </pre> -<!--l. 2869--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2871--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2890--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2892--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.8 </span> <a id="x1-7200011.1.8"></a>bigfoot</h5> -<!--l. 2873--><p class="noindent" >Hyperref does not support package ‘bigfoot’. And package ‘bigfoot’ does not support hyperref’s footnotes +<!--l. 2894--><p class="noindent" >Hyperref does not support package ‘bigfoot’. And package ‘bigfoot’ does not support hyperref’s footnotes and disables them (hyperfootnotes=false). -<!--l. 2878--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2899--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.9 </span> <a id="x1-7300011.1.9"></a>chappg</h5> -<!--l. 2880--><p class="noindent" >Package ‘chappg’ uses <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2901--><p class="noindent" >Package ‘chappg’ uses <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> that is redefined by ‘hyperref’. The package order is therefore: @@ -7049,11 +7101,11 @@ therefore:   \usepackage{hyperref}   \usepackage{chappg} </pre> -<!--l. 2886--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2888--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2907--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2909--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.10 </span> <a id="x1-7400011.1.10"></a>cite</h5> -<!--l. 2890--><p class="noindent" >This is from Mike Shell: cite.sty cannot currently be used with hyperref. However, I can do a workaround +<!--l. 2911--><p class="noindent" >This is from Mike Shell: cite.sty cannot currently be used with hyperref. However, I can do a workaround via: @@ -7064,14 +7116,14 @@ via:  \usepackage[hypertex]{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 2900--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2902--><p class="indent" > so that hyperref will not redefine any of the biblabel stuff - so cite.sty will work as normal - +<!--l. 2921--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2923--><p class="indent" > so that hyperref will not redefine any of the biblabel stuff - so cite.sty will work as normal - although the citations will not be hyperlinked, of course (But this may not be an issue for many people). -<!--l. 2907--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2928--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.11 </span> <a id="x1-7500011.1.11"></a>count1to</h5> -<!--l. 2909--><p class="noindent" >Package ‘count1to’ adds several <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2930--><p class="noindent" >Package ‘count1to’ adds several <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> commands that confuse ‘hyperref’. Therefore <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH<...></span></span></span> has to be fixed: @@ -7087,27 +7139,27 @@ has to be fixed:     \renewcommand*{\theHsubparagraph}{\theHparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}}%   } </pre> -<!--l. 2921--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2923--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2942--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2944--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.12 </span> <a id="x1-7600011.1.12"></a>dblaccnt</h5> -<!--l. 2925--><p class="noindent" >pd1enc.def or puenc.def should be loaded before: +<!--l. 2946--><p class="noindent" >pd1enc.def or puenc.def should be loaded before: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57">   \usepackage{hyperref}   \usepackage{dblaccnt} </pre> -<!--l. 2929--><p class="nopar" > or see entry for <span +<!--l. 2950--><p class="nopar" > or see entry for <span class="ec-lmss-10">vietnam</span>. -<!--l. 2933--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2954--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.13 </span> <a id="x1-7700011.1.13"></a>easyeqn</h5> -<!--l. 2934--><p class="noindent" >Not compatible, breaks. -<!--l. 2937--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2955--><p class="noindent" >Not compatible, breaks. +<!--l. 2958--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.14 </span> <a id="x1-7800011.1.14"></a>ellipsis</h5> -<!--l. 2939--><p class="noindent" >This packages redefines <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2960--><p class="noindent" >This packages redefines <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textellipsis</span></span></span> after package hyperref (pd1enc.def/puenc.def should be loaded before): @@ -7116,10 +7168,10 @@ before):   \usepackage{hyperref}   \usepackage{ellipsis} </pre> -<!--l. 2944--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2946--><p class="indent" > (this will lead to wrong ellipsis in the bookmarks, so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2965--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2967--><p class="indent" > (this will lead to wrong ellipsis in the bookmarks, so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span></span></span> is needed). -<!--l. 2948--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2969--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.15 </span> <a id="x1-7900011.1.15"></a>float</h5> @@ -7128,38 +7180,38 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span></span></span> is needed).  \usepackage{float}   \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 2952--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2973--><p class="nopar" > <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2954--><p class="noindent" >Several <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 2975--><p class="noindent" >Several <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\caption</span></span></span> commands are not supported inside one float object. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2955--><p class="noindent" >Anchor are set at top of the float object, if its style is controlled by float.sty.</li></ul> -<!--l. 2959--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 2976--><p class="noindent" >Anchor are set at top of the float object, if its style is controlled by float.sty.</li></ul> +<!--l. 2980--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.16 </span> <a id="x1-8000011.1.16"></a>endnotes</h5> -<!--l. 2960--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported. -<!--l. 2962--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2981--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported. +<!--l. 2983--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.17 </span> <a id="x1-8100011.1.17"></a>foiltex</h5> -<!--l. 2963--><p class="noindent" >Update to version 2008/01/28 v2.1.4b: Since version 6.77a hyperref does not hack into <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2984--><p class="noindent" >Update to version 2008/01/28 v2.1.4b: Since version 6.77a hyperref does not hack into <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@begindvi</span></span></span>, it uses package ‘atbegshi’ instead, that hooks into <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\shipout</span></span></span>. Thus the patch of ‘foils.cls’ regarding hyperref is now obsolete and causes an undefined error message about <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@hyperfixhead</span></span></span>. This is fixed in FoilTeX 2.1.4b. -<!--l. 2971--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2992--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.18 </span> <a id="x1-8200011.1.18"></a>footnote</h5> -<!--l. 2973--><p class="noindent" >This package is not supported, you have to disable hyperref’s footnote support by using option +<!--l. 2994--><p class="noindent" >This package is not supported, you have to disable hyperref’s footnote support by using option <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfootnotes=false</span></span></span>. -<!--l. 2977--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2998--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.19 </span> <a id="x1-8300011.1.19"></a>geometry</h5> -<!--l. 2979--><p class="noindent" >Driver ‘dvipdfm’ and program ‘dvipdfm’ might generate a warning: Sorry. Too late to change page size +<!--l. 3000--><p class="noindent" >Driver ‘dvipdfm’ and program ‘dvipdfm’ might generate a warning: Sorry. Too late to change page size Then prefer the program ‘dvipdfmx’ or use one of the following workarounds to move the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> of geometry to an earlier location: @@ -7192,24 +7244,24 @@ geometry to an earlier location:     ]{geometry}     \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3011--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3013--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3032--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3034--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.20 </span> <a id="x1-8400011.1.20"></a>IEEEtran.cls</h5> -<!--l. 3015--><p class="noindent" >version <span +<!--l. 3036--><p class="noindent" >version <span class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>V1.6b (because of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@makecaption</span></span></span>, see ChangeLog) -<!--l. 3018--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3039--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.21 </span> <a id="x1-8500011.1.21"></a>index</h5> -<!--l. 3020--><p class="noindent" >version <span +<!--l. 3041--><p class="noindent" >version <span class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>1995/09/28 v4.1 (because of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> redefinition) -<!--l. 3023--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3044--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.22 </span> <a id="x1-8600011.1.22"></a>lastpage</h5> -<!--l. 3025--><p class="noindent" >Compatible. -<!--l. 3028--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3046--><p class="noindent" >Compatible. +<!--l. 3049--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.23 </span> <a id="x1-8700011.1.23"></a>linguex</h5> @@ -7218,8 +7270,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> redefinition)  \usepackage{hyperref}   \usepackage{linguex} </pre> -<!--l. 3032--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3034--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3053--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3055--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.24 </span> <a id="x1-8800011.1.24"></a>ltabptch</h5> @@ -7229,20 +7281,20 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> redefinition)   \usepackage{ltabptch}   \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3039--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3041--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3060--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3062--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.25 </span> <a id="x1-8900011.1.25"></a>mathenv</h5> -<!--l. 3043--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported. -<!--l. 3047--><p class="indent" > Both ‘mathenv’ and ‘hyperref’ messes around with environment ‘eqnarray’. You can load ‘mathenv’ +<!--l. 3064--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported. +<!--l. 3068--><p class="indent" > Both ‘mathenv’ and ‘hyperref’ messes around with environment ‘eqnarray’. You can load ‘mathenv’ after ‘hyperref’ to avoid an error message. But <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span> will not work inside environment ‘eqnarray’ properly, for example. -<!--l. 3054--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3075--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.26 </span> <a id="x1-9000011.1.26"></a>minitoc-hyper</h5> -<!--l. 3056--><p class="noindent" >This package is obsolete, use the up-to-date original package minitoc instead. -<!--l. 3061--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3077--><p class="noindent" >This package is obsolete, use the up-to-date original package minitoc instead. +<!--l. 3082--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.27 </span> <a id="x1-9100011.1.27"></a>multind</h5> @@ -7251,8 +7303,8 @@ properly, for example.  \usepackage{multind}   \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3065--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3067--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3086--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3088--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.28 </span> <a id="x1-9200011.1.28"></a>natbib</h5> @@ -7261,22 +7313,22 @@ properly, for example.  \usepackage{natbib}   \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3071--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3073--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3092--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3094--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.29 </span> <a id="x1-9300011.1.29"></a>nomencl</h5> -<!--l. 3074--><p class="noindent" >Example for introducing links for the page numbers: +<!--l. 3095--><p class="noindent" >Example for introducing links for the page numbers: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65">       \renewcommand*{\pagedeclaration}[1]{\unskip, \hyperpage{#1}} </pre> -<!--l. 3077--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3080--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3098--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3101--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.30 </span> <a id="x1-9400011.1.30"></a>ntheorem-hyper</h5> -<!--l. 3081--><p class="noindent" >This package is obsolete, use the up-to-date original package ntheorem instead. -<!--l. 3085--><p class="indent" > For equations the following might work: +<!--l. 3102--><p class="noindent" >This package is obsolete, use the up-to-date original package ntheorem instead. +<!--l. 3106--><p class="indent" > For equations the following might work: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66"> @@ -7286,8 +7338,8 @@ properly, for example.     But the mapping from the equation number to the anchor name     is not available in general. </pre> -<!--l. 3092--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3095--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3113--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3116--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.31 </span> <a id="x1-9500011.1.31"></a>prettyref</h5> @@ -7312,8 +7364,8 @@ properly, for example. %%% example for prettyref %%%        </pre> -<!--l. 3114--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3117--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3135--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3138--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.32 </span> <a id="x1-9600011.1.32"></a>setspace</h5> @@ -7322,18 +7374,18 @@ properly, for example.  \usepackage{setspace}   \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3121--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3123--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3142--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3144--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.33 </span> <a id="x1-9700011.1.33"></a>sidecap</h5> -<!--l. 3124--><p class="noindent" >Nothing special is needed anymore. -<!--l. 3126--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3145--><p class="noindent" >Nothing special is needed anymore. +<!--l. 3147--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.34 </span> <a id="x1-9800011.1.34"></a>subfigure</h5> -<!--l. 3127--><p class="noindent" >The package is obsolete. Use either <span +<!--l. 3148--><p class="noindent" >The package is obsolete. Use either <span class="ec-lmss-10">subfig </span>or <span class="ec-lmss-10">subcaption</span> -<!--l. 3130--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3151--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.35 </span> <a id="x1-9900011.1.35"></a>titleref</h5> @@ -7343,24 +7395,24 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">subcaption</span>   \usepackage{titleref}% without usetoc   \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3135--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3137--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3156--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3158--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.36 </span> <a id="x1-10000011.1.36"></a>tabularx</h5> -<!--l. 3139--><p class="noindent" >Linked footnotes are not supported inside environment ‘tabularx’, because they uses the optional +<!--l. 3160--><p class="noindent" >Linked footnotes are not supported inside environment ‘tabularx’, because they uses the optional argument of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>, see section ‘Limitations’. Before version 2011/09/28 6.82i hyperref had disabled footnotes entirely by ‘hyperfootnotes=false’. -<!--l. 3145--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3166--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.37 </span> <a id="x1-10100011.1.37"></a>titlesec</h5> -<!--l. 3147--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 3168--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmss-10">nameref </span>supports titlesec, but hyperref does not (unsolved is the anchor setting, missing with unnumbered section, perhaps problems with page breaks with numbered ones). -<!--l. 3152--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3173--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.38 </span> <a id="x1-10200011.1.38"></a>ucs/utf8x.def</h5> -<!--l. 3154--><p class="noindent" >The first time a multibyte UTF8 sequence is called, it does some calculations and stores the result in a +<!--l. 3175--><p class="noindent" >The first time a multibyte UTF8 sequence is called, it does some calculations and stores the result in a macro for speeding up the next calls of that UTF8 sequence. However this makes the first call non-expandable and will break if used in information entries or bookmarks. Package <span class="ec-lmss-10">ucs </span>offers @@ -7376,16 +7428,16 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\PreloadUnicodePage</span></span></span> to solve this:     \PrerenderUnicode{^^c3^^b6}% or \PrerenderUnicodePage{1}     \hypersetup{pdftitle={Umlaut example: ^^c3^^b6}} </pre> -<!--l. 3167--><p class="nopar" > The notation with two carets avoids trouble with 8-bit bytes for the README file, you can use the +<!--l. 3188--><p class="nopar" > The notation with two carets avoids trouble with 8-bit bytes for the README file, you can use the characters directly. -<!--l. 3171--><p class="indent" > Note: utf8 is now the default in LaTeX and <span +<!--l. 3192--><p class="indent" > Note: utf8 is now the default in LaTeX and <span class="ec-lmss-10">ucs </span>is no longer recommended. -<!--l. 3174--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3195--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.39 </span> <a id="x1-10300011.1.39"></a>varioref</h5> -<!--l. 3175--><p class="noindent" >There are too many problems with varioref. Nobody has time to sort them out. Therefore this package is +<!--l. 3196--><p class="noindent" >There are too many problems with varioref. Nobody has time to sort them out. Therefore this package is now unsupported. -<!--l. 3178--><p class="indent" > Perhaps you are lucky and some of the features of varioref works with the following loading +<!--l. 3199--><p class="indent" > Perhaps you are lucky and some of the features of varioref works with the following loading order: @@ -7394,24 +7446,24 @@ order:     \usepackage{varioref}     \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3184--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3187--><p class="indent" > Also some babel versions can be problematic. For example, 2005/05/21 v3.8g contains a patch for +<!--l. 3205--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3208--><p class="indent" > Also some babel versions can be problematic. For example, 2005/05/21 v3.8g contains a patch for varioref that breaks the hyperref support for varioref. -<!--l. 3192--><p class="indent" > Also unsupported: +<!--l. 3213--><p class="indent" > Also unsupported: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3194--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 3215--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Ref</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Vref</span></span></span> do not uppercase the first letter. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3195--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 3216--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\vpageref[]{...}</span></span></span> On the same page a previous space is not suppressed.</li></ul> -<!--l. 3199--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3220--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.40 </span> <a id="x1-10400011.1.40"></a>verse</h5> -<!--l. 3201--><p class="noindent" >Version 2005/08/22 v2.22 contains support for hyperref. -<!--l. 3203--><p class="indent" > For older versions see example from de.comp.text.tex (2005/08/11, slightly modified): +<!--l. 3222--><p class="noindent" >Version 2005/08/22 v2.22 contains support for hyperref. +<!--l. 3224--><p class="indent" > For older versions see example from de.comp.text.tex (2005/08/11, slightly modified): <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72"> @@ -7456,8 +7508,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\vpageref[]{...}</span></span></span> On the same page a pre   \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 3247--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3249--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3268--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3270--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.41 </span> <a id="x1-10500011.1.41"></a>vietnam</h5> @@ -7468,20 +7520,20 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\vpageref[]{...}</span></span></span> On the same page a pre   \usepackage{vietnam}   \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3255--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3257--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3276--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3278--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.42 </span> <a id="x1-10600011.1.42"></a>XeTeX</h5> -<!--l. 3259--><p class="noindent" >Default for the encoding of bookmarks is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3280--><p class="noindent" >Default for the encoding of bookmarks is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfencoding=unicode</span></span></span>. That means the strings are always treated as unicode strings. If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">auto</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdoc</span></span></span> is forced it applies only if the string restricts to the printable ASCII set, The reason is that the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> does not support PDFDocEncoding. -<!--l. 3265--><p class="indent" > In older versions hyperref contained special conversion code from UTF-16BE back to UTF-8 in a +<!--l. 3286--><p class="indent" > In older versions hyperref contained special conversion code from UTF-16BE back to UTF-8 in a number of places for xetex to avoid the xdvipdfmx warning -<!--l. 3269--><p class="indent" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3290--><p class="indent" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Failed</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> to</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> convert</span><span @@ -7489,59 +7541,59 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10"> input</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> string</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> to</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> UTF16...</span></span></span> -<!--l. 3271--><p class="indent" > This is no longer needed with a current xdvipdfmx, so this code has been removed. +<!--l. 3292--><p class="indent" > This is no longer needed with a current xdvipdfmx, so this code has been removed. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\csname</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> HyPsd@XeTeXBigCharstrue\endcsname</span></span></span> should no longer be used. -<!--l. 3277--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3298--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12 </span> <a id="x1-10700012"></a>Limitations<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="hyperref-doc7.html#fn6x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">6</sup></a></span><a id="x1-107001f6"></a> </h3> <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12.1 </span> <a id="x1-10800012.1"></a>Wrapped/broken link support</h4> -<!--l. 3280--><p class="noindent" >Only few drivers support automatically wrapped/broken links, e.g. pdftex, dvipdfm, hypertex. Other +<!--l. 3301--><p class="noindent" >Only few drivers support automatically wrapped/broken links, e.g. pdftex, dvipdfm, hypertex. Other drivers lack this feature, e.g. dvips, dvipsone. -<!--l. 3284--><p class="indent" > Workarounds: +<!--l. 3305--><p class="indent" > Workarounds: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3286--><p class="noindent" >For long section or caption titles in the table of contents or list of figures/tables option + <!--l. 3307--><p class="noindent" >For long section or caption titles in the table of contents or list of figures/tables option <span class="ec-lmss-10">linktocpage </span>can be used. Then the page number will be a link, and the overlong section title is not forced into an one line link with overfull <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hbox</span></span></span> warning. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3291--><p class="noindent" >“<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 3312--><p class="noindent" >“<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span></span></span>”s are caught by package <span class="ec-lmss-10">breakurl</span>. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3292--><p class="noindent" >The option <span + <!--l. 3313--><p class="noindent" >The option <span class="ec-lmss-10">breaklinks </span>is intended for internal use. But it can be used to force link wrapping, e.g. when printing a document. However, when such a document is converted to PDF and viewed with a PDF viewer, the active link area will be misplaced. - <!--l. 3298--><p class="noindent" >Another limitation: some penalties are “optimized” by TeX, thus there are missing break + <!--l. 3319--><p class="noindent" >Another limitation: some penalties are “optimized” by TeX, thus there are missing break points, especially within <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span></span></span>. (See thread “hyperref.sty, breaklinks and url.sty 3.2” in comp.text.tex 2005-09).</li></ul> -<!--l. 3304--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3325--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12.2 </span> <a id="x1-10900012.2"></a>Links across pages</h4> -<!--l. 3306--><p class="noindent" >In general they have problems: +<!--l. 3327--><p class="noindent" >In general they have problems: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3308--><p class="noindent" >Some driver doesn’t support them at all (see above). + <!--l. 3329--><p class="noindent" >Some driver doesn’t support them at all (see above). </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3309--><p class="noindent" >The driver allows it, but the link result might include the footer and/or header, or an error + <!--l. 3330--><p class="noindent" >The driver allows it, but the link result might include the footer and/or header, or an error message can occur sometimes.</li></ul> -<!--l. 3314--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3335--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12.3 </span> <a id="x1-11000012.3"></a>Footnotes</h4> -<!--l. 3316--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX allows the separation of the footnote mark and the footnote text (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3337--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX allows the separation of the footnote mark and the footnote text (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>). This interface might be enough for visual typesetting. But the relation between @@ -7557,14 +7609,14 @@ Thus the implementation of hyperref does not support the optional argument of <s class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>. -<!--l. 3327--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3348--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13 </span> <a id="x1-11100013"></a>Hints<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="hyperref-doc8.html#fn7x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">7</sup></a></span><a id="x1-111001f7"></a> </h3> <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1 </span> <a id="x1-11200013.1"></a>Spaces in option values</h4> -<!--l. 3331--><p class="noindent" >Unhappily LaTeX strips spaces from options if they are given in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3352--><p class="noindent" >Unhappily LaTeX strips spaces from options if they are given in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\documentclass</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage</span></span></span> (or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -7574,40 +7626,40 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\RequirePackage</span></span></span>), e.g.: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74">     \usepackage[pdfborder=0 0 1]{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3335--><p class="nopar" > Package hyperref now gets +<!--l. 3356--><p class="nopar" > Package hyperref now gets <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75">     pdfborder=001 </pre> -<!--l. 3339--><p class="nopar" > and the result is an invalid PDF file. As workaround braces can be used: +<!--l. 3360--><p class="nopar" > and the result is an invalid PDF file. As workaround braces can be used: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76">     \usepackage[pdfborder={0 0 1}]{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3344--><p class="nopar" > Some options can also be given in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3365--><p class="nopar" > Some options can also be given in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span></span></span> <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77">     \hypersetup{pdfborder=0 0 1} </pre> -<!--l. 3348--><p class="nopar" > In <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3369--><p class="nopar" > In <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span></span></span> the options are directly processed as key value options (see package keyval) without space stripping in the value part. -<!--l. 3354--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, LaTeX’s option handling system can be adapted to key value options by one of the +<!--l. 3375--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, LaTeX’s option handling system can be adapted to key value options by one of the packages <span class="ec-lmss-10">kvoptions-patch </span>(from project <span class="ec-lmss-10">kvoptions</span>) or <span class="ec-lmss-10">xkvltxp </span>(from project <span class="ec-lmss-10">xsetkeys</span>). -<!--l. 3359--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3380--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.2 </span> <a id="x1-11300013.2"></a>Index with makeindex</h4> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3361--><p class="noindent" >Package hyperref adds <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 3382--><p class="noindent" >Package hyperref adds <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> commands by the encap mechanism (see documentation of Makeindex), if option hyperindex is set (default). <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> uses the page anchors that @@ -7620,7 +7672,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\romannumbering</span></span></span>, ...), then the page an class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages=false</span></span></span> is recommended. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3371--><p class="noindent" >The encap mechanism of Makeindex allows to use one command only (see documentation of + <!--l. 3392--><p class="noindent" >The encap mechanism of Makeindex allows to use one command only (see documentation of Makeindex). If the user sets such a command, hyperref suppresses its <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> command. With logical markup this situation can easily be solved: @@ -7634,23 +7686,23 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> command. With       ...       \index{Some example|main} </pre> - <!--l. 3383--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3404--><p class="nopar" > </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3384--><p class="noindent" >Scientic Word/Scientific WorkPlace users can use package robustindex with hyperindex=false. + <!--l. 3405--><p class="noindent" >Scientic Word/Scientific WorkPlace users can use package robustindex with hyperindex=false. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3386--><p class="noindent" >Other encap characters can be set by option <span + <!--l. 3407--><p class="noindent" >Other encap characters can be set by option <span class="ec-lmss-10">encap</span>. Example for use of “?”: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79">       \usepackage[encap=?]{hyperref} </pre> - <!--l. 3390--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3411--><p class="nopar" > </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3391--><p class="noindent" >Another possibility is the insertion of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 3412--><p class="noindent" >Another possibility is the insertion of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> by a style file for makeindex. For this case, hyperref’s insertion will be disabled by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperindex=false</span></span></span>. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -7670,12 +7722,12 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> will be defined regardless o encap_suffix "}" %%% cut %%% hyperindex.ist %%% cut %%% </pre> - <!--l. 3406--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul> -<!--l. 3409--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 3427--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul> +<!--l. 3430--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.3 </span> <a id="x1-11400013.3"></a>Warning <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">"bookmark level for unknown <foobar> defaults to 0"</span></h4> -<!--l. 3411--><p class="noindent" >Getting rid of it: +<!--l. 3432--><p class="noindent" >Getting rid of it: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81"> @@ -7683,16 +7735,16 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">"bookmark level for unknown <foobar> defaults \providecommand*{\toclevel@<foobar>}{0} \makeatother </pre> -<!--l. 3416--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3418--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3437--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3439--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.4 </span> <a id="x1-11500013.4"></a>Link anchors in figures</h4> -<!--l. 3420--><p class="noindent" >The caption command increments the counter and here is the place where hyperref set the corresponding +<!--l. 3441--><p class="noindent" >The caption command increments the counter and here is the place where hyperref set the corresponding anchor. Unhappily the caption is set below the figure, so the figure is not visible if a link jumps to a figure. In this case, try package <span class="ec-lmss-10">hypcap </span>that implements a method to circumvent the problem. -<!--l. 3428--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3449--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.5 </span> <a id="x1-11600013.5"></a>Additional unicode characters in bookmarks and pdf information entries:</h4> @@ -7701,14 +7753,14 @@ problem. \documentclass[pdftex]{article} \usepackage[unicode]{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3432--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3434--><p class="indent" > Support for additional unicode characters: -<!--l. 3436--><p class="indent" > Example: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3453--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3455--><p class="indent" > Support for additional unicode characters: +<!--l. 3457--><p class="indent" > Example: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.{a}</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\d{a}</span></span></span> -<!--l. 3438--><p class="indent" > 1. Get a list with unicode data, eg: -<!--l. 3440--><p class="indent" > http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/UnicodeData.txt -<!--l. 3442--><p class="indent" > 2. Identify the characters (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3459--><p class="indent" > 1. Get a list with unicode data, eg: +<!--l. 3461--><p class="indent" > http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/UnicodeData.txt +<!--l. 3463--><p class="indent" > 2. Identify the characters (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.{a}</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\d{a}</span></span></span>): @@ -7717,9 +7769,9 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\d{a}</span></span></span>):     0227;LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DOT ABOVE;...     1EA1;LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DOT BELOW;... </pre> -<!--l. 3446--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3448--><p class="indent" > 3. Calculate the octal code: -<!--l. 3450--><p class="indent" > The first characters of the line in the file are hex values, convert each byte and prepend them with a +<!--l. 3467--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3469--><p class="indent" > 3. Calculate the octal code: +<!--l. 3471--><p class="indent" > The first characters of the line in the file are hex values, convert each byte and prepend them with a backslash. (This will go into the PDF file.) @@ -7727,9 +7779,9 @@ backslash. (This will go into the PDF file.)     0227 -> \002\047     1EA1 -> \036\241 </pre> -<!--l. 3457--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3459--><p class="indent" > 4. Transform into a form understood by hyperref: -<!--l. 3461--><p class="indent" > Hyperref must know where the first byte starts, this is marked by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3478--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3480--><p class="indent" > 4. Transform into a form understood by hyperref: +<!--l. 3482--><p class="indent" > Hyperref must know where the first byte starts, this is marked by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">9</span></span></span> (8 and 9 cannot occur in octal numbers): @@ -7738,8 +7790,8 @@ numbers):     \002\047 -> \9002\047     \036\241 -> \9036\241 </pre> -<!--l. 3468--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3470--><p class="indent" > Optional: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3489--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3491--><p class="indent" > Optional: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">8</span></span></span> is used for abbreviations: @@ -7748,8 +7800,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">8</span></span></span> is used for abbreviations:     \9002\047 -> \82\047 </pre> -<!--l. 3476--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3478--><p class="indent" > 5. Declare the character with LaTeX: +<!--l. 3497--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3499--><p class="indent" > 5. Declare the character with LaTeX: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87"> @@ -7761,11 +7813,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">8</span></span></span> is used for abbreviations: \end{document}        </pre> -<!--l. 3487--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3489--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3508--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3510--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.6 </span> <a id="x1-11700013.6"></a>Footnotes</h4> -<!--l. 3491--><p class="noindent" >The footnote support is rather limited. It is beyond the scope to use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3512--><p class="noindent" >The footnote support is rather limited. It is beyond the scope to use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span> out of order or reusing <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -7823,12 +7875,12 @@ C% \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 3545--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3566--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3547--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3568--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.7 </span> <a id="x1-11800013.7"></a>Subordinate counters</h4> -<!--l. 3549--><p class="noindent" >Some counters do not have unique values and require the value of other counters to be unique. For +<!--l. 3570--><p class="noindent" >Some counters do not have unique values and require the value of other counters to be unique. For example, sections or figures might be numbered within chapters or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newtheorem</span></span></span> is used with an optional counter argument. Internally LaTeX uses <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -7837,13 +7889,13 @@ another counter. Package hyperref hooks into <span class="obeylines-h"><span cla class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> to catch this situation. Also <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\numberwithin</span></span></span> of package amsmath is caught by hyperref. -<!--l. 3559--><p class="indent" > However, if the definition of subordinate counters take place before hyperref is loaded, the old +<!--l. 3580--><p class="indent" > However, if the definition of subordinate counters take place before hyperref is loaded, the old meaning of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> is called without hyperref’s additions. Then the companion counter macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH<counter></span></span></span> can be redefined accordingly. Or move the definition of subordinate counters after hyperref is loaded. -<!--l. 3565--><p class="indent" > Example for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3586--><p class="indent" > Example for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newtheorem</span></span></span>, problematic case: @@ -7851,14 +7903,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newtheorem</span></span></span>, problematic case:     \newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section]     \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3569--><p class="nopar" > Solution a) +<!--l. 3590--><p class="nopar" > Solution a) <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-90">     \usepackage{hyperref}     \newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section} </pre> -<!--l. 3574--><p class="nopar" > Solution b) +<!--l. 3595--><p class="nopar" > Solution b) <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91"> @@ -7866,11 +7918,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newtheorem</span></span></span>, problematic case:     \usepackage{hyperref}     \newcommand*{\theHcorA}{\theHsection.\number\value{corA}} </pre> -<!--l. 3580--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3582--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3601--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3603--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">14 </span> <a id="x1-11900014"></a>History and acknowledgments</h3> -<!--l. 3584--><p class="noindent" >The original authors of <span +<!--l. 3605--><p class="noindent" >The original authors of <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperbasics.tex </span>and <span class="ec-lmss-10">hypertex.sty</span>, from which this package descends, are Tanmoy Bhattacharya and Thorsten Ohl. Package <span @@ -7883,12 +7935,12 @@ Carlisle, T. V. Raman and Leslie Lamport for comments, requests, t get the package into its first useable state. Various other people are mentioned at the point in the source where I had to change the code in later versions because of problems they found. -<!--l. 3597--><p class="indent" > Tanmoy found a great many of the bugs, and (even better) often provided fixes, which has +<!--l. 3618--><p class="indent" > Tanmoy found a great many of the bugs, and (even better) often provided fixes, which has made the package more robust. The days spent on RevTeX are entirely due to him! The investigations of Bill Moss into the later versions including native PDF support uncovered a good many bugs, and his testing is appreciated. Hans Hagen provided a lot of insight into PDF. -<!--l. 3605--><p class="indent" > Berthold Horn provided help, encouragement and sponsorship for the <span +<!--l. 3626--><p class="indent" > Berthold Horn provided help, encouragement and sponsorship for the <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone </span>and <span class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo </span>drivers. Sergey Lesenko provided the changes needed for <span @@ -7902,14 +7954,14 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">hyper </span>package (developed in parallel with <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>) showed me solutions for some problems. Hopefully the two packages will combine one day. -<!--l. 3614--><p class="indent" > The forms creation section owes a great deal to: T. V. Raman, for encouragement, support and +<!--l. 3635--><p class="indent" > The forms creation section owes a great deal to: T. V. Raman, for encouragement, support and ideas; Thomas Merz, whose book <span class="ec-lmri-10">Web Publishing with Acrobat/PDF </span>provided crucial insights; D. P. Story, whose detailed article about pdfmarks and forms solved many practical problems; and Hans Hagen, who explained how to do it in <span class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex</span>. -<!--l. 3620--><p class="indent" > Steve Peter recreated the manual source in July 2003 after it had been lost. -<!--l. 3623--><p class="indent" > Especial extra thanks to David Carlisle for the <span +<!--l. 3641--><p class="indent" > Steve Peter recreated the manual source in July 2003 after it had been lost. +<!--l. 3644--><p class="indent" > Especial extra thanks to David Carlisle for the <span class="ec-lmss-10">backref </span>module, the ps2pdf and dviwindo support, frequent general rewrites of my bad code, and for working on changes to the <span class="ec-lmss-10">xr </span>package to suit @@ -7919,61 +7971,61 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15 </span> <a id="x1-12000015"></a>GNU Free Documentation License</h3> -<!--l. 3663--><p class="noindent" >Version 1.2, November 2002 -<!--l. 3666--><p class="indent" > Copyright <span +<!--l. 3684--><p class="noindent" >Version 1.2, November 2002 +<!--l. 3687--><p class="indent" > Copyright <span class="ts1-lmr10-">©</span> 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.<br class="newline" />59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA<br class="newline" />Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. -<!--l. 3672--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3693--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a id="x1-121000"></a>Preamble</h4> -<!--l. 3674--><p class="noindent" >The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document +<!--l. 3695--><p class="noindent" >The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document “free” in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others. -<!--l. 3682--><p class="indent" > This License is a kind of “copyleft”, which means that derivative works of the document must +<!--l. 3703--><p class="indent" > This License is a kind of “copyleft”, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software. -<!--l. 3687--><p class="indent" > We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software +<!--l. 3708--><p class="indent" > We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. -<!--l. 3696--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3717--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1 </span> <a id="x1-12200015.1"></a>Applicability and definitions</h4> -<!--l. 3699--><p class="noindent" >This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by +<!--l. 3720--><p class="noindent" >This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The “Document”, below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as “you”. You accept the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright law. -<!--l. 3709--><p class="indent" > A “Modified Version” of the Document means any work containing the Document or a +<!--l. 3730--><p class="indent" > A “Modified Version” of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language. -<!--l. 3713--><p class="indent" > A “Secondary Section” is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals +<!--l. 3734--><p class="indent" > A “Secondary Section” is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document’s overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them. -<!--l. 3724--><p class="indent" > The “Invariant Sections” are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of +<!--l. 3745--><p class="indent" > The “Invariant Sections” are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none. -<!--l. 3732--><p class="indent" > The “Cover Texts” are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or +<!--l. 3753--><p class="indent" > The “Cover Texts” are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words. -<!--l. 3737--><p class="indent" > A “Transparent” copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format +<!--l. 3758--><p class="indent" > A “Transparent” copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, that is suitable for revising the document straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or @@ -7982,7 +8034,7 @@ otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been a discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not “Transparent” is called “Opaque”. -<!--l. 3750--><p class="indent" > Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo +<!--l. 3771--><p class="indent" > Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats include @@ -7990,41 +8042,41 @@ proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word process or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for output purposes only. -<!--l. 3761--><p class="indent" > The “Title Page” means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are +<!--l. 3782--><p class="indent" > The “Title Page” means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, “Title Page” means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work’s title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text. -<!--l. 3768--><p class="indent" > A section “Entitled XYZ” means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely +<!--l. 3789--><p class="indent" > A section “Entitled XYZ” means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, “Endorsements”, or “History”.) To “Preserve the Title” of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a section “Entitled XYZ” according to this definition. -<!--l. 3776--><p class="indent" > The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this +<!--l. 3797--><p class="indent" > The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the meaning of this License. -<!--l. 3784--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3805--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.2 </span> <a id="x1-12300015.2"></a>Verbatim copying</h4> -<!--l. 3787--><p class="noindent" >You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, +<!--l. 3808--><p class="noindent" >You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the -copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you -distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section <a -href="#x1-12400015.3">15.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a> -. -<!--l. 3798--><p class="indent" > You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display +copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. +If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in +section <a +href="#x1-12400015.3">15.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a>. +<!--l. 3819--><p class="indent" > You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies. -<!--l. 3802--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3823--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.3 </span> <a id="x1-12400015.3"></a>Copying in quantity</h4> -<!--l. 3805--><p class="noindent" >If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document, +<!--l. 3826--><p class="noindent" >If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the Document’s license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly @@ -8033,10 +8085,10 @@ words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects. -<!--l. 3818--><p class="indent" > If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones +<!--l. 3839--><p class="indent" > If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages. -<!--l. 3823--><p class="indent" > If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must +<!--l. 3844--><p class="indent" > If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general network-using public has access to download using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free @@ -8045,31 +8097,31 @@ begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public. -<!--l. 3836--><p class="indent" > It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before +<!--l. 3857--><p class="indent" > It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. -<!--l. 3841--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3862--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.4 </span> <a id="x1-12500015.4"></a>Modifications</h4> -<!--l. 3844--><p class="noindent" >You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections <a +<!--l. 3865--><p class="noindent" >You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections <a href="#x1-12300015.2">15.2<!--tex4ht:ref: verbatim --></a> and <a -href="#x1-12400015.3">15.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a> above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the +href="#x1-12400015.3">15.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a> above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: -<!--l. 3853--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 3874--><p class="indent" > <ol class="enumerate1" > <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125002x1"> - <!--l. 3854--><p class="noindent" >Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, + <!--l. 3875--><p class="noindent" >Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission. </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125004x2"> - <!--l. 3859--><p class="noindent" >List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship + <!--l. 3880--><p class="noindent" >List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you from this requirement. @@ -8077,35 +8129,35 @@ Version: </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125006x3"> - <!--l. 3864--><p class="noindent" >State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. + <!--l. 3885--><p class="noindent" >State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125008x4"> - <!--l. 3866--><p class="noindent" >Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. + <!--l. 3887--><p class="noindent" >Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125010x5"> - <!--l. 3867--><p class="noindent" >Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright + <!--l. 3888--><p class="noindent" >Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices. </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125012x6"> - <!--l. 3869--><p class="noindent" >Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission + <!--l. 3890--><p class="noindent" >Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125014x7"> - <!--l. 3872--><p class="noindent" >Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts + <!--l. 3893--><p class="noindent" >Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document’s license notice. </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125016x8"> - <!--l. 3874--><p class="noindent" >Include an unaltered copy of this License. + <!--l. 3895--><p class="noindent" >Include an unaltered copy of this License. </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125018x9"> - <!--l. 3875--><p class="noindent" >Preserve the section Entitled “History”, Preserve its Title, and add to it an item stating at + <!--l. 3896--><p class="noindent" >Preserve the section Entitled “History”, Preserve its Title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section Entitled “History” in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item @@ -8113,7 +8165,7 @@ Version: </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125020x10"> - <!--l. 3882--><p class="noindent" >Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a + <!--l. 3903--><p class="noindent" >Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the “History” section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the @@ -8123,98 +8175,98 @@ Version: </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125022x11"> - <!--l. 3889--><p class="noindent" >For any section Entitled “Acknowledgements” or “Dedications”, Preserve the Title of the + <!--l. 3910--><p class="noindent" >For any section Entitled “Acknowledgements” or “Dedications”, Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein. </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125024x12"> - <!--l. 3893--><p class="noindent" >Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their + <!--l. 3914--><p class="noindent" >Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125026x13"> - <!--l. 3896--><p class="noindent" >Delete any section Entitled “Endorsements”. Such a section may not be included in the + <!--l. 3917--><p class="noindent" >Delete any section Entitled “Endorsements”. Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version. </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125028x14"> - <!--l. 3898--><p class="noindent" >Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled “Endorsements” or to conflict in title with + <!--l. 3919--><p class="noindent" >Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled “Endorsements” or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125030x15"> - <!--l. 3900--><p class="noindent" >Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. + <!--l. 3921--><p class="noindent" >Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. </li></ol> -<!--l. 3904--><p class="indent" > If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary +<!--l. 3925--><p class="indent" > If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version’s license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. -<!--l. 3911--><p class="indent" > You may add a section Entitled “Endorsements”, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of +<!--l. 3932--><p class="indent" > You may add a section Entitled “Endorsements”, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties–for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard. -<!--l. 3917--><p class="indent" > You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as +<!--l. 3938--><p class="indent" > You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. -<!--l. 3927--><p class="indent" > The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their +<!--l. 3948--><p class="indent" > The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version. -<!--l. 3932--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3953--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.5 </span> <a id="x1-12600015.5"></a>Combining documents</h4> -<!--l. 3935--><p class="noindent" >You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms +<!--l. 3956--><p class="noindent" >You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section <a -href="#x1-12500015.4">15.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a> above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of +href="#x1-12500015.4">15.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a> above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers. -<!--l. 3943--><p class="indent" > The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant +<!--l. 3964--><p class="indent" > The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. -<!--l. 3952--><p class="indent" > In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled “History” in the various original +<!--l. 3973--><p class="indent" > In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled “History” in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled “History”; likewise combine any sections Entitled “Acknowledgements”, and any sections Entitled “Dedications”. You must delete all sections Entitled “Endorsements”. -<!--l. 3959--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3980--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.6 </span> <a id="x1-12700015.6"></a>Collections of documents</h4> -<!--l. 3962--><p class="noindent" >You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, +<!--l. 3983--><p class="noindent" >You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. -<!--l. 3968--><p class="indent" > You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this +<!--l. 3989--><p class="indent" > You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. -<!--l. 3974--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3995--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.7 </span> <a id="x1-12800015.7"></a>Aggregation with independent works</h4> -<!--l. 3977--><p class="noindent" >A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or +<!--l. 3998--><p class="noindent" >A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an “aggregate” if the copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the compilation’s users beyond what the individual works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves derivative works of the Document. -<!--l. 3986--><p class="indent" > If the Cover Text requirement of section <a -href="#x1-12400015.3">15.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a> is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if +<!--l. 4007--><p class="indent" > If the Cover Text requirement of section <a +href="#x1-12400015.3">15.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a> is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document’s Cover Texts may be placed on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole aggregate. -<!--l. 3995--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4016--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.8 </span> <a id="x1-12900015.8"></a>Translation</h4> -<!--l. 3998--><p class="noindent" >Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document +<!--l. 4019--><p class="noindent" >Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section <a -href="#x1-12500015.4">15.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a> . Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special +href="#x1-12500015.4">15.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a>. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of @@ -8223,53 +8275,53 @@ provided that you also include the original English version of this License and versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will prevail. -<!--l. 4012--><p class="indent" > If a section in the Document is Entitled “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, or “History”, the +<!--l. 4033--><p class="indent" > If a section in the Document is Entitled “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, or “History”, the requirement (section <a -href="#x1-12500015.4">15.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a> ) to Preserve its Title (section <a -href="#x1-12200015.1">15.1<!--tex4ht:ref: applicability --></a> ) will typically require changing the actual +href="#x1-12500015.4">15.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a>) to Preserve its Title (section <a +href="#x1-12200015.1">15.1<!--tex4ht:ref: applicability --></a>) will typically require changing the actual title. -<!--l. 4019--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4040--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.9 </span> <a id="x1-13000015.9"></a>Termination</h4> -<!--l. 4022--><p class="noindent" >You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under +<!--l. 4043--><p class="noindent" >You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. -<!--l. 4031--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4052--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.10 </span> <a id="x1-13100015.10"></a>Future revisions of this license</h4> -<!--l. 4034--><p class="noindent" >The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation +<!--l. 4055--><p class="noindent" >The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. -<!--l. 4040--><p class="indent" > Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a +<!--l. 4061--><p class="indent" > Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License “or any later version” applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. -<!--l. 4050--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4071--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a id="x1-132000"></a>Addendum: how to use this license for your documents</h4> -<!--l. 4052--><p class="noindent" >To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and +<!--l. 4073--><p class="noindent" >To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page: -<!--l. 4056--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 4077--><p class="indent" > <blockquote class="quote"> - <!--l. 4057--><p class="noindent" >Copyright <span + <!--l. 4078--><p class="noindent" >Copyright <span class="ts1-lmr10-">©</span> YEAR YOUR NAME. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled “GNU Free Documentation License”.</blockquote> -<!--l. 4066--><p class="indent" > If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the “with...Texts.” +<!--l. 4087--><p class="indent" > If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the “with...Texts.” line with this: -<!--l. 4069--><p class="indent" > with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and +<!--l. 4090--><p class="indent" > with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. -<!--l. 4072--><p class="indent" > If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other combination of the three, merge +<!--l. 4093--><p class="indent" > If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the situation. -<!--l. 4076--><p class="indent" > If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these +<!--l. 4097--><p class="indent" > If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software. diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.pdf Binary files differindex 3ffbe3e714..7d28450f78 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.tex index fe44eb889a..e9019cc988 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.tex @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ % Copyright (C) 2003 Steve Peter and Karl Berry % Copyright (C) 2006-2012 Heiko Oberdiek. % Copyright (C) 2017-2019 David Carlisle Ulrike Fischer -% Copyright (C) 2019-2020 The LaTeX3 Project +% Copyright (C) 2019-2023 The LaTeX3 Project % % Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document % under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ } \makeatother \title{Hypertext marks in \hologo{LaTeX}: a manual for \xpackage{hyperref}} -\date{2022-11-13 v7.00u} +\date{2023-02-07 v7.00v} \begin{document} @@ -537,6 +537,27 @@ Check the \xpackage{nameref} documentation about a way to suppress these patches \item \emph{All} those redefinitions can be suppressed by defining \cs{hyper@nopatch@footnote}. Be aware that this can suppress links but also make unwanted links appear. \end{itemize} +\item[amsmath tags] hyperref redefines two internal commands of amsmath + related the \cs{tag} command to add an anchor. This code can be + suppressed by defining \cs{hyper@nopatch@amsmath@tag}. (This normally + makes no sense in packages but will probably be needed when math + environments are changed to allow tagging.) + +\item[counters] hyperref patches the kernel command \cs{@definecounter}, + \cs{@newctr}, \cs{@addtoreset} and the amsmath command \cs{numberwithin} + to ensure that for every counter the correct \cs{theHcounter} + representation is created or reset. This code can be suppressed by + defining \cs{hyper@nopatch@counter}. (This normally makes no sense in + packages but will probably be needed when kernel commands are changed + to allow tagging.) + +\item[math environments] hyperref patches \cs{equation}/\cs{endequation}, \cs{eqnarray}, + \cs{endeqnarray}. This code can be suppressed by + defining \cs{hyper@nopatch@mathenv}. + +\item[table of contents] hyperref redefines \cs{contentsline} to be able to add links to +toc entries. It redefines \cs{addcontentsline} to create the bookmarks and pass the +destination names to the toc entries. This code can be suppressed by defining \cs{hyper@nopatch@toc}. \end{description} \section{Package options} @@ -2494,7 +2515,7 @@ Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the index points to the start of the index page, not to a location before this page. -\subsection{puenc encoding, puenc-greek.def and puenc-extra.def} +\subsection{puenc encoding, puenc-greekbasic.def and puenc-extra.def} The \texttt{unicode} option loads for the bookmarks \texttt{puenc.def} which contains quite a lot definitions of commands for the bookmarks. @@ -2507,7 +2528,7 @@ To reduce the impact \xpackage{hyperref} uses two strategies. The commands for the cyrillic block if \cs{CYRDZE} is defined, greek if \cs{textBeta} is defined, and hebrew if \cs{hebdalet} is defined. -The greek block is in an extra file, \texttt{puenc-greek.def}, which can +The greek block is in an extra file, \texttt{puenc-greekbasic.def}, which can be loaded manually if needed. \item Other commands are moved to an extra file \texttt{puenc-extra.def} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc2.html b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc2.html index de84837593..c9fa9e4df3 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc2.html +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc2.html @@ -12,7 +12,8 @@ > <div class="footnote-text"> <!--l. 212--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a - id="fn1x0"> <sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span + id="fn1x0"><a + id="x2-4002x2"></a> <sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-8">Now: </span><a href="https://ctan.org/tex-archive/support/hypertex/hypertex" class="url" ><span class="ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80">https://ctan.org/tex-archive/support/hypertex/hypertex</span></a></div> diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc3.html b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc3.html index f8d275997d..516b3b2573 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc3.html +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc3.html @@ -12,7 +12,8 @@ > <div class="footnote-text"> <!--l. 230--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a - id="fn2x0"> <sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><span + id="fn2x0"><a + id="x3-4004x2"></a> <sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-8">This is borrowed from an article by Arthur Smith.</span></div> </body></html> diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc4.html b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc4.html index 061ad1f381..7e3e6a54eb 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc4.html +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc4.html @@ -12,7 +12,8 @@ > <div class="footnote-text"> <!--l. 295--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a - id="fn3x0"> <sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span><span + id="fn3x0"><a + id="x4-4006x2"></a> <sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-8">Make sure you turn off the partial font downloading supported by </span><span class="ec-lmss-8">dvips </span><span class="ec-lmr-8">and </span><span diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc5.html b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc5.html index d139587b8a..5b80632c3d 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc5.html +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc5.html @@ -12,7 +12,8 @@ > <div class="footnote-text"> <!--l. 333--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a - id="fn4x0"> <sup class="textsuperscript">4</sup></a></span><span + id="fn4x0"><a + id="x5-5002x3"></a> <sup class="textsuperscript">4</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-8">But work has started to reduce the number of redefinition and so the dependencies on the loading</span> <span class="ec-lmr-8">order.</span></div> diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc6.html b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc6.html index 949ee1903a..86b6169f82 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc6.html +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc6.html @@ -12,7 +12,8 @@ > <div class="footnote-text"> <span class="footnote-mark"><a - id="fn5x0"> <sup class="textsuperscript">5</sup></a></span><span + id="fn5x0"><a + id="x6-28002x7"></a> <sup class="textsuperscript">5</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-8">This section moved from the README file, needs more integration into the manual</span></div> </body></html> diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc7.html b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc7.html index c43b481adc..97b0248da7 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc7.html +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc7.html @@ -12,7 +12,8 @@ > <div class="footnote-text"> <span class="footnote-mark"><a - id="fn6x0"> <sup class="textsuperscript">6</sup></a></span><span + id="fn6x0"><a + id="x7-107002x12"></a> <sup class="textsuperscript">6</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-8">This section moved from the README file, needs more integration into the manual</span></div> </body></html> diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc8.html b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc8.html index 26eaf60158..ec67959b8a 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc8.html +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc8.html @@ -12,7 +12,8 @@ > <div class="footnote-text"> <span class="footnote-mark"><a - id="fn7x0"> <sup class="textsuperscript">7</sup></a></span><span + id="fn7x0"><a + id="x8-111002x13"></a> <sup class="textsuperscript">7</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-8">This section moved from the README file, needs more integration into the manual</span></div> </body></html> diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-linktarget.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-linktarget.pdf Binary files differindex e9de52c516..c654567c8b 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-linktarget.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-linktarget.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref.pdf Binary files differindex 7eca5a7272..2f67c1643d 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/nameref.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/nameref.pdf Binary files differindex 591097484e..c8af996d26 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/nameref.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/nameref.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hluatex.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hluatex.dtx index 4a4eb9af12..2100c5b44a 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hluatex.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hluatex.dtx @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ % \iffalse % Source File: hluatex.dtx -% 2022-11-13 v7.00u +% 2023-02-07 v7.00v % % Copyright % 2016-2019 Oberdiek Package Support Group -% 2019-2020 The LaTeX Project +% 2019-2023 The LaTeX Project % https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues%% % % Derived from hpdftex.def @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ % % \begin{macrocode} %<*luatex> -%% 2022-11-13 v7.00u +%% 2023-02-07 v7.00v %% force unicode encoding, see issue #101 %% code mostly copied from hxetex.def \HyPsd@LoadUnicode diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref-linktarget.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref-linktarget.dtx index 5d6799a206..bae10fd259 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref-linktarget.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref-linktarget.dtx @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ % %% File: hyperref-linktarget.dtx % -% Copyright (C) 2022-2022 The LaTeX Project +% Copyright (C) 2022-2023 The LaTeX Project % % It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the % LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ % }^^A % } % -% \date{Version 2022-11-13 v7.00u} +% \date{Version 2023-02-07 v7.00v} % % \maketitle % \begin{documentation} @@ -381,8 +381,8 @@ \ProvidesExplPackage{hyperref-linktarget}{2022-06-20}{v7.00s} {Making targets, destinations and anchors -- module of hyperref} %</header> -% \end{macrocode} %<package-include>\ExplSyntaxOn +% \end{macrocode} % \subsection{Variables} % \begin{macrocode} %<*package> @@ -577,8 +577,8 @@ % \begin{macrocode} %</package> %<@@=>. -% \end{macrocode} %<package-include>\ExplSyntaxOff +% \end{macrocode} %\end{implementation} % \Finale \endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref-patches.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref-patches.dtx index b7c0f828e3..525eaafcd5 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref-patches.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref-patches.dtx @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ %% 1995-2001 Sebastian Rahtz, with portions written by David Carlisle and Heiko Oberdiek, %% 2001-2015 Heiko Oberdiek. %% 2016-2019 Oberdiek Package Support Group -%% 2019-2022 LaTeX Project +%% 2019-2023 LaTeX Project %% https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues %% %% This file is part of the `Hyperref Bundle'. @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ % }^^A % } % -% \date{Version 2022-11-13 v7.00u} +% \date{Version 2023-02-07 v7.00v} % % \maketitle % \begin{documentation} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.dtx index bc8d936c81..33c8fa12a0 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.dtx @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ % 1995-2001 Sebastian Rahtz, with portions written by David Carlisle and Heiko Oberdiek, % 2001-2015 Heiko Oberdiek. % 2016-2019 Oberdiek Package Support Group -% 2019-2022 LaTeX Project +% 2019-2023 LaTeX Project % https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues % % This file is part of the `Hyperref Bundle'. @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ %<puvnenc>\ProvidesFile{puvnenc.def} %<puarenc>\ProvidesFile{puarenc.def} %<psdextra>\ProvidesFile{psdextra.def} -%<!none&!packageEnd> [2022-11-13 v7.00u % +%<!none&!packageEnd> [2023-02-07 v7.00v % %<package> Hypertext links for LaTeX] %<nohyperref> Dummy hyperref (SR)] %<driver> Hyperref documentation driver file] @@ -1038,6 +1038,7 @@ % % \cs{MakeUppercase} and \cs{MakeLowercase} do not work by expansion in % legacy code but if the expl3 code is available we can handle them. +% If babel is used we can also make use of the language. % % \begin{macro}{\MakeUppercaseUnsupportedInPdfStrings} % \begin{macro}{\MakeLowercaseUnsupportedInPdfStrings} @@ -1047,6 +1048,21 @@ { \def\MakeUppercaseUnsupportedInPdfStrings#1{\use:e {\text_uppercase:n {#1}}} \def\MakeLowercaseUnsupportedInPdfStrings#1{\use:e {\text_lowercase:n {#1}}} + \AddToHook{package/babel/after} + { + \def\MakeUppercaseUnsupportedInPdfStrings#1 + {\use:e + {\exp_args:Ne + \text_uppercase:nn{\localeinfo*{tag.bcp47}}{#1} + } + } + \def\MakeLowercaseUnsupportedInPdfStrings#1 + {\use:e + {\exp_args:Ne + \text_lowercase:nn{\localeinfo*{tag.bcp47}}{#1} + } + } + } } \ExplSyntaxOff % \end{macrocode} @@ -10407,13 +10423,6 @@ % \begin{macro}{\hyper@refstepcounter} % \begin{macrocode} \def\hyper@refstepcounter#1{% - \edef\This@name{#1}% - \ifx\This@name\name@of@eq - \@ifundefined{theHequation}{% - \make@stripped@name{\theequation}% - \let\theHequation\newname - }{}% - \fi \HyCnt@ProvideTheHCounter{#1}% \hyper@makecurrent{#1}% \ifmeasuring@ @@ -10790,6 +10799,8 @@ % The exception is that we move the equation incrementation inside % the math environment to avoid specials outside and a wrong vertical % spacing of equation environments. +% This and more math related patches can be suppressed with +% |\hyper@nopatch@mathenv| % \begin{macrocode} \let\new@refstepcounter\refstepcounter \let\H@equation\equation @@ -10797,52 +10808,50 @@ % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} -\@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}{% - \long\def\Hy@temp{% - \incr@eqnum - \mathdisplay@push - \st@rredfalse \global\@eqnswtrue - \mathdisplay{equation}% - }% - \ifx\Hy@temp\equation - \expandafter\ifx\csname if@fleqn\expandafter\endcsname - \csname iftrue\endcsname - \else - \long\def\equation{% - \mathdisplay@push - \st@rredfalse \global\@eqnswtrue - \mathdisplay{equation}% - \incr@eqnum - }% +\@ifundefined{hyper@nopatch@mathenv}{% + \@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}{% + \long\def\Hy@temp{% + \incr@eqnum + \mathdisplay@push + \st@rredfalse \global\@eqnswtrue + \mathdisplay{equation}% + }% + \ifx\Hy@temp\equation + \expandafter\ifx\csname if@fleqn\expandafter\endcsname + \csname iftrue\endcsname + \else + \long\def\equation{% + \mathdisplay@push + \st@rredfalse \global\@eqnswtrue + \mathdisplay{equation}% + \incr@eqnum + }% + \fi \fi - \fi -}{% - \def\equation{% - \let\refstepcounter\H@refstepcounter - \H@equation - \@ifundefined{theHequation}{% - \make@stripped@name{\theequation}% - \let\theHequation\newname - }{}% - \hyper@makecurrent{equation}% + }{% + \def\equation{% + \let\refstepcounter\H@refstepcounter + \H@equation + \hyper@makecurrent{equation}% % \end{macrocode} % \cs{mathopen} is needed in case the equation starts with % an unary minus, for example. % \begin{macrocode} - \mathopen{% - \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{\@currentHref}}% + \mathopen{% + \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{\@currentHref}}% + }% + \let\refstepcounter\new@refstepcounter }% - \let\refstepcounter\new@refstepcounter - }% - \def\endequation{% - \ifx\Hy@raisedlink\ltx@empty - \hyper@anchorend - \else - \mathclose{\Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorend}}% - \fi - \H@endequation - }% -} + \def\endequation{% + \ifx\Hy@raisedlink\ltx@empty + \hyper@anchorend + \else + \mathclose{\Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorend}}% + \fi + \H@endequation + }% + } +}{} % \end{macrocode} % My goodness, why can't \LaTeX{} be consistent? Why is |\eqnarray| % set up differently from other objects? @@ -10856,37 +10865,35 @@ \@eqnstarfalse \let\H@eqnarray\eqnarray \let\H@endeqnarray\endeqnarray -\def\eqnarray{% - \let\Hy@reserved@a\relax - \def\@currentHref{}% - \H@eqnarray - \if@eqnstar - \else - \ifx\\\@currentHref\\% +\@ifundefined{hyper@nopatch@mathenv}{% + \def\eqnarray{% + \let\Hy@reserved@a\relax + \def\@currentHref{}% + \H@eqnarray + \if@eqnstar \else - \@ifundefined{theHequation}{% - \make@stripped@name{\theequation}% - \let\theHequation\newname - }{}% - \hyper@makecurrent{equation}% - \mathopen{% - \Hy@raisedlink{% - \hyper@anchorstart{\@currentHref}\hyper@anchorend + \ifx\\\@currentHref\\% + \else + \hyper@makecurrent{equation}% + \mathopen{% + \Hy@raisedlink{% + \hyper@anchorstart{\@currentHref}\hyper@anchorend + }% }% - }% + \fi \fi - \fi -} -\def\endeqnarray{% - \H@endeqnarray -} + } + \def\endeqnarray{% + \H@endeqnarray + } +}{} % \end{macrocode} % This is quite heavy-handed, but it works for now. If its an |eqnarray*| % we need to disable the hyperref actions. There may well be a cleaner % way to trap this. Bill Moss found this. % \begin{macrocode} \@namedef{eqnarray*}{% - \def\@eqncr{\nonumber\@seqncr}\@eqnstartrue\eqnarray + \protected\def\@eqncr{\nonumber\@seqncr}\@eqnstartrue\eqnarray } \@namedef{endeqnarray*}{% \nonumber\endeqnarray\@eqnstarfalse @@ -10901,10 +10908,6 @@ \def\subeqnarray{% \let\Hy@reserved@a\relax \H@subeqnarray - \@ifundefined{theHequation}{% - \make@stripped@name{\theequation}% - \let\theHequation\newname - }{}% \hyper@makecurrent{equation}% \hyper@anchorstart{\@currentHref}{}\hyper@anchorend }% @@ -10939,15 +10942,11 @@ % % Support for amsmath's \texttt{subequations}: % \begin{macrocode} -\begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup -\expandafter\ifx\csname subequations\endcsname\relax -\else +\ifcsname subequations\endcsname \let\HyOrg@subequations\subequations \def\subequations{% \stepcounter{equation}% - \protected@edef\theHparentequation{% - \@ifundefined{theHequation}\theequation\theHequation - }% + \protected@edef\theHparentequation{\theHequation}% \addtocounter{equation}{-1}% \HyOrg@subequations \def\theHequation{\theHparentequation\alph{equation}}% @@ -11962,56 +11961,58 @@ % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} -\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{% toc extension, type, tag - \begingroup - \let\label\@gobble - \ifx\@currentHref\@empty - \Hy@Warning{% - No destination for bookmark of \string\addcontentsline,% - \MessageBreak destination is added% - }% - \phantomsection - \fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname toclevel@#2\endcsname\relax - \begingroup - \def\Hy@tempa{#1}% - \ifx\Hy@tempa\Hy@bookmarkstype - \Hy@WarningNoLine{% - bookmark level for unknown #2 defaults to 0% - }% - \else - \Hy@Info{bookmark level for unknown #2 defaults to 0}% - \fi - \endgroup - \expandafter\gdef\csname toclevel@#2\endcsname{0}% - \fi - \edef\Hy@toclevel{\csname toclevel@#2\endcsname}% - \Hy@writebookmark{\csname the#2\endcsname}% - {#3}% - {\@currentHref}% - {\Hy@toclevel}% - {#1}% - \ifHy@verbose - \begingroup - \def\Hy@tempa{#3}% - \@onelevel@sanitize\Hy@tempa - \let\temp@online\on@line - \let\on@line\@empty - \Hy@Info{% - bookmark\temp@online:\MessageBreak - thecounter {\csname the#2\endcsname}\MessageBreak - text {\Hy@tempa}\MessageBreak - reference {\@currentHref}\MessageBreak - toclevel {\Hy@toclevel}\MessageBreak - type {#1}% +\@ifundefined{hyper@nopatch@toc}{% + \def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{% toc extension, type, tag + \begingroup + \let\label\@gobble + \ifx\@currentHref\@empty + \Hy@Warning{% + No destination for bookmark of \string\addcontentsline,% + \MessageBreak destination is added% }% - \endgroup - \fi - \addtocontents{#1}{% - \protect\contentsline{#2}{#3}{\thepage}{\@currentHref}\protected@file@percent - }% - \endgroup -} + \phantomsection + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname toclevel@#2\endcsname\relax + \begingroup + \def\Hy@tempa{#1}% + \ifx\Hy@tempa\Hy@bookmarkstype + \Hy@WarningNoLine{% + bookmark level for unknown #2 defaults to 0% + }% + \else + \Hy@Info{bookmark level for unknown #2 defaults to 0}% + \fi + \endgroup + \expandafter\gdef\csname toclevel@#2\endcsname{0}% + \fi + \edef\Hy@toclevel{\csname toclevel@#2\endcsname}% + \Hy@writebookmark{\csname the#2\endcsname}% + {#3}% + {\@currentHref}% + {\Hy@toclevel}% + {#1}% + \ifHy@verbose + \begingroup + \def\Hy@tempa{#3}% + \@onelevel@sanitize\Hy@tempa + \let\temp@online\on@line + \let\on@line\@empty + \Hy@Info{% + bookmark\temp@online:\MessageBreak + thecounter {\csname the#2\endcsname}\MessageBreak + text {\Hy@tempa}\MessageBreak + reference {\@currentHref}\MessageBreak + toclevel {\Hy@toclevel}\MessageBreak + type {#1}% + }% + \endgroup + \fi + \addtocontents{#1}{% + \protect\contentsline{#2}{#3}{\thepage}{\@currentHref}\protected@file@percent + }% + \endgroup + } +}{} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\contentsline} % The page number might be empty. In this case the link for the @@ -12024,46 +12025,48 @@ \protected\def\Hy@toclinkstart{\hyper@linkstart{link}{\Hy@tocdestname}} \protected\def\Hy@toclinkend{\hyper@linkend} -\def\contentsline#1#2#3#4{% - \begingroup - \Hy@safe@activestrue - \edef\x{\endgroup - \def\noexpand\Hy@tocdestname{#4}% - }\x - \ifx\Hy@tocdestname\ltx@empty - \csname l@#1\endcsname{#2}{#3}% - \else - \ifcase\Hy@linktoc % none +\@ifundefined{hyper@nopatch@toc}{% + \def\contentsline#1#2#3#4{% + \begingroup + \Hy@safe@activestrue + \edef\x{\endgroup + \def\noexpand\Hy@tocdestname{#4}% + }\x + \ifx\Hy@tocdestname\ltx@empty \csname l@#1\endcsname{#2}{#3}% - \or % section - \csname l@#1\endcsname{% - \Hy@toclinkstart{#2}\Hy@toclinkend - }{#3}% - \or % page - \def\Hy@temp{#3}% - \ifx\Hy@temp\ltx@empty + \else + \ifcase\Hy@linktoc % none \csname l@#1\endcsname{#2}{#3}% - \else - \csname l@#1\endcsname{{#2}}{% - \Hy@toclinkstart{#3}\Hy@toclinkend - }% - \fi - \else % all - \def\Hy@temp{#3}% - \ifx\Hy@temp\ltx@empty + \or % section \csname l@#1\endcsname{% \Hy@toclinkstart{#2}\Hy@toclinkend - }{}% - \else - \csname l@#1\endcsname{% - \Hy@toclinkstart{#2}\Hy@toclinkend - }{% - \Hy@toclinkstart{#3}\Hy@toclinkend - }% + }{#3}% + \or % page + \def\Hy@temp{#3}% + \ifx\Hy@temp\ltx@empty + \csname l@#1\endcsname{#2}{#3}% + \else + \csname l@#1\endcsname{{#2}}{% + \Hy@toclinkstart{#3}\Hy@toclinkend + }% + \fi + \else % all + \def\Hy@temp{#3}% + \ifx\Hy@temp\ltx@empty + \csname l@#1\endcsname{% + \Hy@toclinkstart{#2}\Hy@toclinkend + }{}% + \else + \csname l@#1\endcsname{% + \Hy@toclinkstart{#2}\Hy@toclinkend + }{% + \Hy@toclinkstart{#3}\Hy@toclinkend + }% + \fi \fi \fi - \fi -} + } +}{} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -12084,22 +12087,28 @@ % we are going to intercept this. Sigh. Do it at the level where % new counters are defined. % \begin{macrocode} -\let\H@definecounter\@definecounter -\def\@definecounter#1{% - \H@definecounter{#1}% - \expandafter\gdef\csname theH#1\endcsname{\arabic{#1}}% -} +\@ifundefined{hyper@nopatch@counter} + { + \let\H@definecounter\@definecounter + \def\@definecounter#1{% + \H@definecounter{#1}% + \expandafter\gdef\csname theH#1\endcsname{\arabic{#1}}% + } + }{} % \end{macrocode} % But what if they have used the optional argument to e.g. |\newtheorem| % to determine when the numbering is reset? OK, we'll trap that too. % \begin{macrocode} -\let\H@newctr\@newctr -\def\@newctr#1[#2]{% - \H@newctr#1[{#2}]% - \expandafter\gdef\csname theH#1\endcsname{% - \csname the\@ifundefined{theH#2}{}{H}#2\endcsname.\arabic{#1}% - }% -} +\@ifundefined{hyper@nopatch@counter} + { + \let\H@newctr\@newctr + \def\@newctr#1[#2]{% + \H@newctr#1[{#2}]% + \expandafter\gdef\csname theH#1\endcsname{% + \csname the\@ifundefined{theH#2}{}{H}#2\endcsname.\arabic{#1}% + }% + } + }{} % \end{macrocode} % \section{AMS\LaTeX\ compatibility}\label{ams} % Oh, no, they don't use anything as simple as |\refstepcounter| @@ -12110,44 +12119,36 @@ % up. They'll change all the code again anyway, I expect (SR). % % Version 6.77p uses a patch by Ross Moore. +% +% If |\hyper@nopatch@amsmath@tag| is defined we don't patch but assume +% that kernel code adds anchors to equations. % \begin{macrocode} -\@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}{% - \def\Hy@make@anchor{% - \Hy@MakeCurrentHrefAuto{AMS}% - \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{\@currentHref}\hyper@anchorend}% - }% - \def\Hy@make@df@tag@@#1{% - \gdef\df@tag{% - \maketag@@@{\Hy@make@anchor#1}% - \def\@currentlabel{#1}% - }% - }% - \def\Hy@make@df@tag@@@#1{% - \gdef\df@tag{% - \tagform@{\Hy@make@anchor#1}% - \toks@\@xp{\p@equation{#1}}% - \edef\@currentlabel{\the\toks@}% - }% - }% - \let\HyOrg@make@df@tag@@\make@df@tag@@ - \let\HyOrg@make@df@tag@@@\make@df@tag@@@ - \let\make@df@tag@@\Hy@make@df@tag@@ - \let\make@df@tag@@@\Hy@make@df@tag@@@ -}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% Only play with |\seteqlebal| if we are using pdftex. Other drivers -% cause problems; requested by Michael Downes (AMS). -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifpackagewith{hyperref}{pdftex}{% - \let\H@seteqlabel\@seteqlabel - \def\@seteqlabel#1{% - \H@seteqlabel{#1}% - \xdef\@currentHref{AMS.\the\Hy@linkcounter}% - \Hy@raisedlink{% - \hyper@anchorstart{\@currentHref}\hyper@anchorend - }% - }% -}{} +\@ifundefined{hyper@nopatch@amsmath@tag} + {% + \@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}{% + \def\Hy@make@anchor{% + \Hy@MakeCurrentHrefAuto{AMS}% + \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{\@currentHref}\hyper@anchorend}% + }% + \def\Hy@make@df@tag@@#1{% + \gdef\df@tag{% + \maketag@@@{\Hy@make@anchor#1}% + \def\@currentlabel{#1}% + }% + }% + \def\Hy@make@df@tag@@@#1{% + \gdef\df@tag{% + \tagform@{\Hy@make@anchor#1}% + \toks@\@xp{\p@equation{#1}}% + \edef\@currentlabel{\the\toks@}% + }% + }% + \let\HyOrg@make@df@tag@@\make@df@tag@@ + \let\HyOrg@make@df@tag@@@\make@df@tag@@@ + \let\make@df@tag@@\Hy@make@df@tag@@ + \let\make@df@tag@@@\Hy@make@df@tag@@@ + }{} + }{} % \end{macrocode} % This code I simply cannot remember what I was trying to achieve. % The final result seems to do nothing anyway. @@ -12170,15 +12171,18 @@ % \cs{theHcounter} is redefined in order to add the % parent counter. % \begin{macrocode} -\let\HyOrg@addtoreset\@addtoreset -\def\@addtoreset#1#2{% - \HyOrg@addtoreset{#1}{#2}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname theH#1\endcsname{% - \expandafter\noexpand - \csname the\@ifundefined{theH#2}{}H#2\endcsname - .\noexpand\the\noexpand\value{#1}% - }% -} +\@ifundefined{hyper@nopatch@counter} + { + \let\HyOrg@addtoreset\@addtoreset + \def\@addtoreset#1#2{% + \HyOrg@addtoreset{#1}{#2}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname theH#1\endcsname{% + \expandafter\noexpand + \csname the\@ifundefined{theH#2}{}H#2\endcsname + .\noexpand\the\noexpand\value{#1}% + }% + } + }{} % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macro}{\numberwithin} @@ -12200,23 +12204,26 @@ }% %</check> %<*packageEnd> -\@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}{% - \renewcommand*{\numberwithin}[3][\arabic]{% - \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\@nocounterr{#2}}{% - \@ifundefined{c@#3}{\@nocnterr{#3}}{% - \HyOrg@addtoreset{#2}{#3}% - \@xp\xdef\csname the#2\endcsname{% - \@xp\@nx\csname the#3\endcsname .\@nx#1{#2}% - }% - \@xp\xdef\csname theH#2\endcsname{% - \@xp\@nx - \csname the\@ifundefined{theH#3}{}H#3\endcsname - .\@nx#1{#2}% - }% - }% - }% - }% -}{} +\@ifundefined{hyper@nopatch@counter} + { + \@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}{% + \renewcommand*{\numberwithin}[3][\arabic]{% + \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\@nocounterr{#2}}{% + \@ifundefined{c@#3}{\@nocnterr{#3}}{% + \HyOrg@addtoreset{#2}{#3}% + \@xp\xdef\csname the#2\endcsname{% + \@xp\@nx\csname the#3\endcsname .\@nx#1{#2}% + }% + \@xp\xdef\csname theH#2\endcsname{% + \@xp\@nx + \csname the\@ifundefined{theH#3}{}H#3\endcsname + .\@nx#1{#2}% + }% + }% + }% + }% + }{} + }{} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.ins b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.ins index bbe33cf313..263d0ef7c0 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.ins +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.ins @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ %% 1995-2001 Sebastian Rahtz, with portions written by David Carlisle and Heiko Oberdiek %% 2001-2015 Heiko Oberdiek %% 2016-2019 Oberdiek Package Support Group -%% 2019-2022 LaTeX Project +%% 2019-2023 LaTeX Project %% https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues %% %% This file is part of the `Hyperref Bundle'. diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/minitoc-hyper.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/minitoc-hyper.sty index 9efb3a3ebd..548e08601c 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/minitoc-hyper.sty +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/minitoc-hyper.sty @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -% Copyright 2020 The LaTeX Project +% Copyright 2020-2023 The LaTeX Project % Licence LPPL: https://www.latex-project.org/lppl/lppl-1-3c.txt \ProvidesPackage{minitoc-hyper}[2020/01/14] \PackageWarningNoLine{minitoc-hyper}{% diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/nameref.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/nameref.dtx index e2b9624c01..2baa4bb114 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/nameref.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/nameref.dtx @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ %% 2000 Sebastian Rahtz, Heiko Oberdiek %% 2001-2012 Heiko Oberdiek %% 2016-2019 Oberdiek Package Suport Group -%% 2019-2022 The LaTeX Project +%% 2019-2023 The LaTeX Project %% https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues %% %% This file is part of the `Hyperref Bundle'. diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ntheorem-hyper.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ntheorem-hyper.sty index dcdd59167e..9ec91e80d7 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ntheorem-hyper.sty +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ntheorem-hyper.sty @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -% Copyright 2021 The LaTeX Project +% Copyright 2021-2023 The LaTeX Project % Licence LPPL: https://www.latex-project.org/lppl/lppl-1-3c.txt \ProvidesPackage{ntheorem-hyper}[2021/02/07] \PackageWarningNoLine{ntheorem-hyper}{% diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/xr-hyper.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/xr-hyper.sty index 9bed6dae69..af4dcd646a 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/xr-hyper.sty +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/xr-hyper.sty @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %% xr-hyper package (beta release) -%% Copyright (C) 1993-2022 David Carlisle +%% Copyright (C) 1993-2023 David Carlisle %% This is a modified version of the xr package from the Standard LaTeX %% tools distribution. It has some internal changes to cooperate with @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ %% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{xr-hyper} - [2022-11-13 v7.00u eXternal References (DPC)] + [2023-02-07 v7.00v eXternal References (DPC)] \def\externaldocument{\@testopt\XR@cite{}} \let\externalcitedocument\externaldocument diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/ProfLycee-doc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/ProfLycee-doc.pdf Binary files differindex 4a221bb676..5bc213607f 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/ProfLycee-doc.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/ProfLycee-doc.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/ProfLycee-doc.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/ProfLycee-doc.tex index 59bb65280f..3d4e3e9240 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/ProfLycee-doc.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/ProfLycee-doc.tex @@ -4,11 +4,11 @@ % arara: lualatex: {shell: yes, synctex: no, interaction: batchmode} % arara: lualatex: {shell: yes, synctex: no, interaction: batchmode} if found('log', '(undefined references|Please rerun|Rerun to get)') -\documentclass{article} -\def\PLversion{2.1.9} -\def\PLdate{4 Février 2023} -\usepackage[pythontex]{ProfLycee} -\usepackage{mathtools} +\documentclass[a4paper,french,11pt]{article} +\def\PLversion{2.5.0} +\def\PLdate{8 Février 2023} +\usepackage{ProfLycee} +\useproflyclib{piton,minted,pythontex} \usepackage{lualatex-math} \usepackage{luatexbase} \usepackage[math-style=french,bold-style=ISO]{fourier-otf} @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ \sisetup{locale=FR} \usepackage{fancyvrb} \usepackage{fancyhdr} +\usepackage{tabularray} \usepackage{multicol} %fancy \fancyhf{} @@ -29,7 +30,22 @@ \rfoot{\hyperlink{matoc}{\small\faArrowAltCircleUp[regular]}} \usepackage{graphics} -\usepackage{hvlogos} +\usepackage{hologo} +\providecommand\tikzlogo{Ti\textit{k}Z} +\providecommand\TeXLive{\TeX{}Live\xspace} +\providecommand\PSTricks{\textsf{PSTricks}\xspace} +\let\pstricks\PSTricks +\let\TikZ\tikzlogo +\newcommand\TableauDocumentation{% + \begin{tblr}{width=\linewidth,colspec={X[c]X[c]X[c]X[c]X[c]X[c]},cells={font=\sffamily}} + {\huge \LaTeX} & & & & &\\ + & {\huge \hologo{pdfLaTeX}} & & & & \\ + & & {\huge \hologo{LuaLaTeX}} & & & \\ + & & & {\huge \TikZ} & & \\ + & & & & {\huge \TeXLive} & \\ + & & & & & {\huge \hologo{MiKTeX}} \\ + \end{tblr} +} \usepackage{simplekv} \usepackage{menukeys} \let\tab\relax @@ -45,7 +61,7 @@ \hypersetup{pdfborder=0 0 0} \usepackage{geometry} \geometry{margin=1.5cm} -\usepackage[french]{babel} +\usepackage{babel} \usepackage{newverbs} \newverbcommand{\pverb}{\color{purple}}{} \newverbcommand{\rverb}{\color{red}}{} @@ -71,6 +87,16 @@ } } +\tcbset{vignettelib/.style={% + fontupper={\vphantom{pf}\footnotesize\ttfamily}, + vignettes,% + colframe=ForestGreen,coltitle=white,colback=white,% + overlay={\begin{tcbclipinterior}% + \fill[fill=green!25]($(interior.south west)$) rectangle node[rotate=90]{\tiny \sffamily{\textcolor{ForestGreen}{\scalebox{0.85}[0.75]{\textbf{LIB}}}}} ($(interior.north west)+(5pt,0pt)$);% + \end{tcbclipinterior}} + } +} + \tcbset{vignetteMaJ/.style={% fontupper={\vphantom{pf}\footnotesize\ttfamily}, vignettes,% @@ -107,6 +133,11 @@ {\tcbox[vignetteMaJ]{#1}\xspace}% } +%petite vignette mà j +\newcommand\clib[1]{% + {\tcbox[vignettelib]{#1}\xspace}% +} + %gestion de la fenêtre v2 directement dans le tikzpicture \tikzset{% xmin/.store in=\xmin,xmin/.default=-5,xmin=-5, @@ -206,12 +237,12 @@ \thispagestyle{empty} -{\sffamily{\bfseries Résumé} : Quelques commandes pour faciliter l'utilisation de \LaTeX{} pour les enseignants de mathématiques en lycée.} +{\sffamily{\bfseries Résumé} : Quelques commandes pour faciliter l'utilisation de \LaTeX{} pour les mathématiques, au lycée.} \medskip {\small\noindent% -{\deblst} résoudre, de manière approchée, des équations \\ +{\deblst} résoudre, de manière approchée, des équations\\ {\deblst} tracer \textit{facilement} des repères/grilles/courbes\\ {\deblst} tracer des courbes \textit{lisses} avec gestion des extrema et des dérivées\\ {\deblst} simuler une fenêtre de logiciel de calcul formel, une console d'exécution \\ @@ -225,7 +256,6 @@ {\deblst} travailler sur les statistiques à deux variables (algébriques et graphiques) \\ {\deblst} convertir entre bin/dec/hex avec détails \\ {\deblst} présenter un calcul de PGCD \\ -%{\deblst} créer un pixelart avec correction éventuelle \\ {\deblst} effectuer des calculs de probas (lois binomiale, exponentielle, de Poisson, normale) \\ {\deblst} créer des arbres de probas \og classiques \fg \\ {\deblst} générer des listes d'entiers aléatoires (avec ou sans répétitions)\\ @@ -236,7 +266,7 @@ \hfill{}\textsl{Merci à Anne pour ses retours et sa relecture !} -\hfill{}\textsl{Merci à Christophe pour ses retours et ses éclairages !} +\hfill{}\textsl{Merci à Christophe et Denis pour leurs retours et éclairages !} \hfill{}\textsl{Merci aux membres du groupe \faFacebook{} du \og Coin \LaTeX{} \fg{} pour leur aide et leurs idées !} @@ -246,14 +276,7 @@ \medskip -\begin{tblr}{width=\linewidth,colspec={X[c]X[c]X[c]X[c]X[c]X[c]},cells={font=\sffamily\LARGE}} - {\LaTeX} & & & & &\\ - & {\pdfLaTeX} & & & & \\ - & & {\LuaLaTeX} & & & \\ - & & & {\TikZ} & & \\ - & & & & {\TeXLive} & \\ - & & & & & {\MiKTeX} \\ -\end{tblr} +\TableauDocumentation \medskip @@ -285,7 +308,7 @@ On peut le voir comme un (maigre) complément à \ctex{ProfCollege}, et je préc \medskip -Il se charge, dans le préambule, par \ctex{\textbackslash usepackage\{ProfLycee\}}. Il charge quelques {packages} utiles, mais j'ai fait le choix de laisser l'utilisateur gérer ses autres {packages}, comme notamment \ctex{amssymb} qui peut poser souci en fonction de la \textit{position} de son chargement. +Il se charge, dans le préambule, par \ctex{\textbackslash usepackage\{ProfLycee\}}. Il charge des {packages} utiles, mais j'ai fait le choix de laisser l'utilisateur gérer ses autres {packages}, comme notamment \ctex{amssymb} qui peut poser souci en fonction de la \textit{position} de son chargement. L'utilisateur est libre de charger ses autres {packages} utiles et habituels, ainsi que ses \textsf{polices} et \textsf{encodages} habituels ! \end{codeidee} @@ -296,10 +319,10 @@ Le {package} \ctex{ProfLycee} charge les {packages} : \begin{itemize} \item \ctex{xcolor} avec les options \textsf{[table,svgnames]} ; \item \ctex{tikz}, \ctex{pgf}, \ctex{pgffor} ; + \item \ctex{tcolorbox} avec l'option \textsf{[most]} ; \item \ctex{xparse}, \ctex{xstring}, \ctex{simplekv}, \ctex{xinttools} ; \item \ctex{listofitems}, \ctex{xintexpr} , \ctex{xintbinhex}, \ctex{xintgcd} ; - \item \ctex{tabularray}, \ctex{fontawesome5}, \ctex{tcolorbox}, \ctex{randomlist}, \ctex{fancyvrb}, \ctex{csvsimple} ; - \item \ctex{piton} (uniquement si compilation en \LuaLaTeX{} !) et \ctex{pythontex}. + \item \ctex{tabularray}, \ctex{fontawesome5}, \ctex{randomlist}, \ctex{fancyvrb}. \end{itemize} \end{codeinfo} @@ -315,7 +338,6 @@ J'ai utilisé les {packages} de C. Tellechea, je vous conseille d'aller jeter un \usepackage{ProfLycee} \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[french]{babel} ... \end{codetex} @@ -324,55 +346,49 @@ J'ai utilisé les {packages} de C. Tellechea, je vous conseille d'aller jeter un \documentclass{article} \usepackage{ProfLycee} \usepackage{fontspec} -\usepackage[french]{babel} ... \end{codetex} -\subsection{Options du package} +\subsection{Librairies, option du package}\label{librairies} \begin{codeattention} -\cmaj{2.0.0} Une compilation \textsf{shell-escape} est recommandée pour l'utilisation de \ctex{ProfLycee}, notamment pour le package \ctex{minted} et la coloration syntaxique de code. - -Cependant, si vous ne \underline{souhaitez pas} charger (et utiliser) \ctex{minted} vous pouvez charger le package \ctex{ProfLycee} avec l'option \Cle{nonshellescape}. +\cmaj{2.5.0} Le package fonctionne désormais avec un système de \clib{librairies}, qui utilisent et chargent des packages spécifiques, avec des compilations particulières, donc l'utilisateur utilisera un système de chargement similaire à celui de \textsf{tcolorbox} ou \textsf{tikz}, dans le préambule, et une fois le package appelé. \end{codeattention} \begin{codetex}[listing only] -... -\usepackage[nonshellescape]{ProfLycee} -%package <minted> et librairie <minted> non chargés -... +\usepackage{ProfLycee} +\useproflyclib{...,...} \end{codetex} -\begin{codeattention} -\cmaj{2.1.0} Le package\ctex{pythontex} nécessitant une chaîne de compilation particulière, j'ai décidé de le mettre en \textit{option}. - -Pour utiliser le package \ctex{pythontex} et utiliser les commandes qui lui sont liées, il faut désormais charger \ctex{ProfLycee} avec l'option \Cle{pythontex}. -\end{codeattention} +\begin{codeinfo} +Les librairies disponibles seront indiquées dans les sections spécifiques. Pour le moment, il existe : -\begin{codetex}[listing only] -... -\usepackage[pythontex]{ProfLycee} -... -\end{codetex} +\begin{itemize} + \item \clib{piton} (page \pageref{pythonpiton}) ; + \item \clib{minted} (page \pageref{pytminted}) ; + \item \clib{pythontex} (page \pageref{pythontex}). +\end{itemize} +\end{codeinfo} \begin{codeinfo} -En compilant (notamment avec les packages \ctex{minted} et \ctex{pythontex}) on peut spécifier des répertoires particuliers pour les (ou des) fichiers auxiliaires. +En compilant (notamment avec les librairies \clib{minted} et \clib{pythontex}) on peut spécifier des répertoires particuliers pour les (ou des) fichiers auxiliaires. -Avec l'option \Cle{build}, l'utilisateur a la possibilité de placer les fichiers temporaires de \ctex{minted} et \ctex{pythontex} dans un répertoire \menu{build} du répertoire courant. +Avec l'option \Cle{build}, l'utilisateur a la possibilité de placer les fichiers temporaires de \clib{minted} et \clib{pythontex} dans un répertoire \menu{build} du répertoire courant. \smallskip -Dans ce cas il vaut mieux créer au préalable le répertoire \menu{build} avant de compiler un fichier ! +Dans ce cas il faut créer au préalable le répertoire \menu{build} avant de compiler un fichier, pour éviter toute erreur ! \end{codeinfo} \begin{codetex}[listing only] ... \usepackage[build]{ProfLycee} +\useproflyclib{...} ... \end{codetex} \begin{codeinfo} -Les options précédentes sont cumulables, et, pour info, elles conditionnent le chargement des {packages} avec les options : +L'option \Cle{build} charge certains packages (librairies \clib{minted} et \clib{pythontex}) avec les options : \begin{itemize} \item \ctex{\textbackslash setpythontexoutputdir\{./build/pythontex-files-\textbackslash jobname\}} @@ -380,38 +396,31 @@ Les options précédentes sont cumulables, et, pour info, elles conditionnent le \end{itemize} \end{codeinfo} -\begin{codetex}[listing only] -... -%chargement de ProfLycee sans minted, et avec pythontex -\usepackage[pythontex,nonshellescape]{ProfLycee} -... -\end{codetex} - \pagebreak \section{Compléments} -\subsection{Changements à partir de la version 2 !!} - -\begin{codeattention} -\cmaj{2.0.0} Pour des raisons pratiques, les commandes et environnements disponibles dans \ctex{ProfLycee} ont été renommés, pour utiliser des noms plus génériques et explicites. - -La nomenclature des \Cle{clés} a été également revue, avec -- dans la grande majorité des cas -- une majuscule en début. - -\smallskip - -Je préfère faire ces ajustements tant que le package est assez \textit{jeune} ! -\end{codeattention} - -\begin{codeattention} -\cmaj{2.0.0} L'ancienne version (qui ne sera mise à jour !!) du package \ctex{ProfLycee} est toutefois encore disponible, pour une migration en douceur, elle est désormais accessible sous le nom \ctex{ProfLycee-old}, et la documentation est également encore disponible. -\end{codeattention} - -\begin{codetex}[listing only] -... -\usepackage[options]{ProfLycee-old} %nouveautés non disponibles par contre... -... -\end{codetex} +%\subsection{Changements à partir de la version 2 !!} +% +%\begin{codeattention} +%\cmaj{2.0.0} Pour des raisons pratiques, les commandes et environnements disponibles dans \ctex{ProfLycee} ont été renommés, pour utiliser des noms plus génériques et explicites. +% +%La nomenclature des \Cle{clés} a été également revue, avec -- dans la grande majorité des cas -- une majuscule en début. +% +%\smallskip +% +%Je préfère faire ces ajustements tant que le package est assez \textit{jeune} ! +%\end{codeattention} +% +%\begin{codeattention} +%\cmaj{2.0.0} L'ancienne version (qui ne sera mise à jour !!) du package \ctex{ProfLycee} est toutefois encore disponible, pour une migration en douceur, elle est désormais accessible sous le nom \ctex{ProfLycee-old}, et la documentation est également encore disponible. +%\end{codeattention} +% +%\begin{codetex}[listing only] +%... +%\usepackage[options]{ProfLycee-old} %nouveautés non disponibles par contre... +%... +%\end{codetex} \subsection{Le système de \og clés/options \fg} @@ -423,7 +432,7 @@ L'idée est de conserver -- autant que faire se peut -- l'idée de \Cle{Clés} q \item définies (en majorité) par défaut pour chaque commande. \end{itemize} -Pour certaines commandes, le système de \Cle{Clés} pose quelques soucis, de ce fait le fonctionnement est plus \textit{basique} avec un système d'\textsf{arguments} \textit{optionnels} (entre \textsf{[\ldots]}) ou \textit{obligatoires} (entre \textsf{\{\ldots\}}). +Pour certaines commandes, le système de \Cle{Clés} pose quelques soucis, de ce fait le fonctionnement est plus \textit{basique} avec un système d'\textsf{arguments} \textit{optionnels} (souvent entre \textsf{[\ldots]}) ou \textit{obligatoires} (souvent entre \textsf{\{\ldots\}}). \smallskip @@ -470,8 +479,6 @@ Les \textsf{clés} ou \textsf{options} seront présentées dans des \textsf{boî À noter que certaines commandes disponibles sont liées à un environnement \ctex{tikzpicture}, elles ne sont pas autonomes mais permettent de conserver -- en parallèle -- toute commande liée à \TikZ{} ! \end{codeinfo} -\pagebreak - \subsection{Compilateur(s)} \begin{codeinfo} @@ -479,18 +486,15 @@ Le package \ctex{ProfLycee} est compatible avec les compilateurs classiques : \t \smallskip -En ce qui concerne les codes \textsf{python}, il faudra : +En ce qui concerne les codes \textsf{librairies}, il faudra : \begin{itemize} - \item compiler en chaîne \textsf{(xxx)latex + pythontex + (xxx)latex} pour les environnements avec \ctex{pythontex} ; - \item compiler avec \textsf{shell-escape} (ou \textsf{write18}) pour les environnements avec \ctex{minted}. + \item \clib{pythontex} : compiler en chaîne \textsf{(xxx)latex + pythontex + (xxx)latex} ; + \item \clib{minted} : compiler avec \textsf{shell-escape} (ou \textsf{write18}) ; + \item \clib{piton} : compiler en \hologo{LuaLaTeX} et \textsf{shell-escape} (ou \textsf{write18}). \end{itemize} \end{codeinfo} -\begin{codeattention} -Certains commandes ou environnements nécessitent une compilation spécifique, qui sera indiquée clairement dans la documentation ! -\end{codeattention} - \subsection{Problèmes éventuels\ldots} \begin{codeinfo} @@ -511,8 +515,6 @@ En dehors de cela, ce sont des tests multiples et variés qui permettront de dé \vfill -%\hfill{\Huge $\leftrightsquigarrow$ Bonne(s) découverte(s) $\leftrightsquigarrow$}\hfill~ - \hfill\tikz \draw (0,0) node[above right=0pt,inner sep=0pt,outer sep=0pt,rotate=25,scale=4] {$\leftrightsquigarrow$ Bonne(s) découverte(s) $\leftrightsquigarrow$} ;\hfill~ \vfill @@ -556,7 +558,7 @@ Elles sont présentées de manière \textit{succincte}, mais elles sont présent \TangenteTikz[options]{liste} %schémas pour le signe affine/trinôme, dans un environnement tikz -\MiniSchemaSignes(*)[clés]<options tikzpicture> +\MiniSchemaSignes(*)[clés]<options tikz> \MiniSchemaSignesTkzTab[options]{numligne}[échelle][décalage horizontal] \end{codetex} @@ -567,12 +569,13 @@ Elles sont présentées de manière \textit{succincte}, mais elles sont présent %présentation de code Python \begin{CodePythonLst}(*)[largeur]{commandes tcbox}...\end{CodePythonLst} +%:=librairie piton \begin{CodePiton}[options]...\end{CodePiton} -\begin{CodePythontex}[options]...\end{CodePythontex} %avec l'option [pythontex] -\begin{CodePythonMinted}(*)[largeur][options]...\end{CodePythonMinted} - -%console Python avec l'option [pythontex] +%:=librairie pythontex +\begin{CodePythontex}[options]...\end{CodePythontex} \begin{ConsolePythontex}[options]...\end{ConsolePythontex} +%:=librairie minted +\begin{CodePythonMinted}(*)[largeur][options]...\end{CodePythonMinted} %présentation de pseudocode \begin{PseudoCode}(*)[largeur][options]...\end{PseudoCode} @@ -856,7 +859,9 @@ On s'intéresse à $g(x)=\num{1,5}$ avec $g(x)=\ln(x)$. On s'intéresse à $g(x)=\num{1,5}$ avec $g(x)=\ln(x)$ sur l'intervalle $\left[3;5\right]$. \ResolutionApprochee[Intervalle=3:5]{log(x)=1.5}[SolLn] -\SolutionTVI[Balayage,Stretch=1.5,va={\SolLnd},vb={\SolLne},NomFct=g,Precision=4,NomSol={x_0}]{log(x)}{1.5}. +\SolutionTVI% + [Balayage,Stretch=1.5,va={\SolLnd},vb={\SolLne}, + NomFct=g,Precision=4,NomSol={x_0}]{log(x)}{1.5}. \end{codetex} \begin{codeinfo} @@ -975,7 +980,7 @@ on obtient le tableau de valeurs suivant : \begin{tabular}{c|c} $n$ & $u_n$ \\ \hline 1 & 2 \\ - \xintFor* #1 in {\xintSeq{2}{8}} \do {#1 & \CalculTermeRecurrence[No=1,UNo=2,N=#1]{1+(1+x**2)/(1+x)} \\} + \xintFor* #1 in {\xintSeq{2}{7}} \do {#1 & \CalculTermeRecurrence[No=1,UNo=2,N=#1]{1+(1+x**2)/(1+x)} \\} \end{tabular}\\ \SolutionSeuil[Precision=4,No=1,UNo=2,Simple]{1+(1+x**2)/(1+x)}{10} (Ainsi $u_n > 10$ à partir de $n=\the\CompteurSeuil$) @@ -1626,7 +1631,7 @@ On obtient le résultat suivant (avec les éléments rajoutés utiles à la comp \begin{codeidee} L'idée est d'obtenir une commande pour tracer (en \TikZ) un petit schéma pour \textit{visualiser} le signe d'une fonction affine ou d'un trinôme. -Le code est très largement inspiré de celui du package \ctex{tnsana} même si la philosophie est légèrement différente. +Le code est largement inspiré de celui du package \ctex{tnsana} même si la philosophie est un peu différente. \smallskip @@ -1645,9 +1650,7 @@ Comme pour les autres commandes \TikZ, l'idée est de laisser la possibilité à \begin{codetex}[listing only] \begin{tikzpicture}[<options>] - ... \MiniSchemaSignes[clés] - ... \end{tikzpicture} \end{codetex} @@ -1662,7 +1665,7 @@ Comme pour les autres commandes \TikZ, l'idée est de laisser la possibilité à \smallskip -Le premier argument, \textit{optionnel} et entre \ctex{[...]}, contient les \Cle{Clés} sont disponibles pour cette commande : +Le premier argument, \textit{optionnel} et entre \textsf{[...]}, contient les \Cle{Clés} sont disponibles pour cette commande : \begin{itemize} \item la clé \Cle{Code} qui permet de définir le type d'expression (voir en-dessous) ;\hfill{}défaut \Cle{da+} @@ -1673,7 +1676,7 @@ Le premier argument, \textit{optionnel} et entre \ctex{[...]}, contient les \Cle \item un booléen \Cle{Cadre} qui affiche un cadre autour du schéma.\hfill{}défaut \Cle{true} \end{itemize} -Le second argument, \textit{optionnel} et entre \ctex{<...>}, permet de spécifier (pour la commande \textit{étoilée}), des options à passer à l'environnement \ctex{tikzpicture}. +Le second argument, \textit{optionnel} et entre \textsf{<...>}, permet de spécifier (pour la commande \textit{étoilée}), des options à passer à l'environnement \ctex{tikzpicture}. \end{codecles} \begin{codecles} @@ -1840,7 +1843,7 @@ Plusieurs \Cle{arguments} (optionnels) sont disponibles : \item la clé \Cle{No} qui est l'indice initial ;\hfill{}défaut \Cle{0} \item la clé \Cle{Uno} qui est la valeur du terme initial ;\hfill{}défaut \Cle{vide} \item la clé \Cle{Nb} qui est le nombre de termes à construire ;\hfill{}défaut \Cle{5} - \item la clé \Cle{PosLabel} qui correspond au placement des labels par rapport à l'axe des abscisses ;\hfill{}défaut \Cle{below} + \item la clé \Cle{PosLabel} qui est le placement des labels par rapport à l'axe $(Ox)$ ;\hfill{}défaut \Cle{below} \item la clé \Cle{DecalLabel} qui correspond au décalage des labels par rapport aux abscisses ;\hfill{}défaut \Cle{6pt} \item la clé \Cle{TailleLabel} qui correspond à la taille des labels ;\hfill{}défaut \Cle{small} \item un booléen \Cle{AffTermes} qui permet d'afficher les termes de la suite sur l'axe $(Ox)$.\hfill{}défaut \Cle{true} @@ -2294,7 +2297,15 @@ def trace_parabole_tableaux(): \subsection{Introduction} \begin{codeinfo} -\cmaj{2.0.0} Le package \ctex{piton} (compatible uniquement avec une compilation en \LuaLaTeX{} !) permet d'insérer du code Python avec une coloration syntaxique en utilisant la bibliothèque \textsf{Lua LPEG}. +\cmaj{2.5.0} Cette section nécessite de charger la \textsf{librairie} \clib{piton} dans le préambule. +\end{codeinfo} + +\begin{codetex}[listing only] +\useproflyclib{piton} +\end{codetex} + +\begin{codeinfo} +\cmaj{2.0.0} La \textsf{librairie} \clib{piton} (qui charge \ctex{piton}, est compatible uniquement avec \hologo{LuaLaTeX} !) permet d'insérer du code Python avec une coloration syntaxique en utilisant la bibliothèque \textsf{Lua LPEG}. \smallskip @@ -2302,17 +2313,17 @@ En \textit{partenariat} avec \ctex{tcolorbox}, on peut avoir une présentation d \smallskip -\cmaj{2.0.2} Depuis la version \ctex{0.95} du package \ctex{piton}, \Cle{left-margin=auto} est disponible et activée dans \ctex{ProfLycee}. +\cmaj{2.0.2} Depuis la version \ctex{0.95} de \ctex{piton}, \Cle{left-margin=auto} est disponible et activée dans \ctex{ProfLycee}. -\cmaj{2.1.2} Depuis la version \ctex{0.99} du package \ctex{piton}, \Cle{break-lines} est disponible et activée dans \ctex{ProfLycee}. +\cmaj{2.1.2} Depuis la version \ctex{0.99} de \ctex{piton}, \Cle{break-lines} est disponible et activée dans \ctex{ProfLycee}. -\cmaj{2.1.3} Depuis la version \ctex{1.0} du package \ctex{piton}, \Cle{tabs-auto-gobble} est disponible et activée dans \ctex{ProfLycee}. +\cmaj{2.1.3} Depuis la version \ctex{1.0} de \ctex{piton}, \Cle{tabs-auto-gobble} est disponible et activée dans \ctex{ProfLycee}. \end{codeinfo} \begin{codeattention} -Le package \ctex{piton} nécessite donc obligatoirement l’emploi de \LuaLaTeX{} ! +Le package \ctex{piton} nécessite donc obligatoirement l’emploi de \hologo{LuaLaTeX} ! -\cmaj{2.0.1} Ce package n'est chargé que si la compilation détectée est en \LuaLaTeX{} ! +\cmaj{2.0.1} Ce package n'est chargé que si la compilation détectée est en \hologo{LuaLaTeX} ! \end{codeattention} \subsection{Présentation de code Python} @@ -2320,7 +2331,6 @@ Le package \ctex{piton} nécessite donc obligatoirement l’emploi de \LuaLaTeX{ \begin{codetex}[listing only] \begin{CodePiton}[options] ... -... \end{CodePiton} \end{codetex} @@ -2333,7 +2343,7 @@ Plusieurs \Cle{clés} sont disponibles : \begin{itemize} \item la clé booléenne \Cle{Lignes} pour afficher ou non les numéros de lignes ; \hfill{}défaut \Cle{true} - \item \cmaj{2.1.3} la clé booléenne \Cle{Gobble} pour activer les options liées au \textsf{gobble} (v1.0 du package !) ; \hfill{}défaut \Cle{true} + \item \cmaj{2.1.3} la clé booléenne \Cle{Gobble} pour activer les options liées au \textsf{gobble} ; \hfill{}défaut \Cle{true} \item la clé \Cle{Largeur} qui correspond à la largeur de la \ctex{tcbox} ; \hfill{}défaut \Cle{\textbackslash linewidth} \item la clé \Cle{TaillePolice} pour la taille des caractères ; \hfill{}défaut \Cle{\textbackslash footnotesize} \item la clé \Cle{Alignement} qui paramètre l'alignement de la \ctex{tcbox}. \hfill{}défaut \Cle{center} @@ -2366,34 +2376,21 @@ def arctan(x,n=10): \end{CodePiton} \end{codesortie} -\pagebreak - \begin{codetex}[listing only] -\begin{CodePiton}[Lignes=false,Largeur=15cm] -#sans numéro, de largeur 15cm -def f(x) : - return x**2 -\end{CodePiton} - \begin{CodePiton}[Alignement=flush right,Largeur=13cm] -#avec numéros, de largeur 13cm, aligné à droite def f(x) : return x**2 \end{CodePiton} \begin{CodePiton}[Alignement=flush left,Largeur=11cm] -#avec numéros, de largeur 11cm, aligné à gauche def f(x) : return x**2 \end{CodePiton} -Avec des indentations d'environnement : - -\begin{itemize} +\begin{itemize} %Avec des indentations d'environnement : \item On essaye avec un \texttt{itemize} : - \begin{CodePiton}[Largeur=7cm] - #avec numéros, de largeur 7cm, centré + \begin{CodePiton}[Largeur=9cm] def f(x) : return x**2 \end{CodePiton} @@ -2401,12 +2398,6 @@ Avec des indentations d'environnement : \end{codetex} \begin{codesortie} -\begin{CodePiton}[Lignes=false,Largeur=15cm] -#sans numéro, de largeur 15cm -def f(x) : - return x**2 -\end{CodePiton} - \begin{CodePiton}[Alignement=flush right,Largeur=13cm] #avec numéros, de largeur 13cm, aligné à droite def f(x) : @@ -2422,8 +2413,8 @@ def f(x) : \begin{itemize} \item On essaye avec un \texttt{itemize} : - \begin{CodePiton}[Largeur=7cm] - #avec numéros, de largeur 7cm, centré + \begin{CodePiton}[Largeur=9cm] + #avec numéros, de largeur 9cm, centré def f(x) : return x**2 \end{CodePiton} @@ -2434,10 +2425,23 @@ def f(x) : \section{Code \& Console Python, via les packages Pythontex ou Minted} +\subsection{Librairies} + +\begin{codeinfo} +\cmaj{2.5.0} Cette section nécessite de charger les librairies \clib{minted} et/ou \clib{pythontex} dans le préambule. +\end{codeinfo} + +\begin{codetex}[listing only] +\useproflyclib{minted} +\useproflyclib{pythontex} +%ou +\useproflyclib{minted,pythontex} +\end{codetex} + \subsection{Introduction} \begin{codeidee} -Le {package} \ctex{pythontex} permet d'insérer et d'exécuter du code Python. On peut : +\cmaj{2.5.0} La \textsf{librairie} \clib{pythontex} permet d'insérer et d'exécuter du code Python. On peut : \begin{itemize} \item présenter du code Python ; @@ -2449,8 +2453,6 @@ Le {package} \ctex{pythontex} permet d'insérer et d'exécuter du code Python. O \begin{codeattention} \textbf{Attention : }il faut dans ce cas une compilation en plusieurs étapes, comme par exemple \textsf{pdflatex puis pythontex puis pdflatex} ! -\cmaj{2.1.0} Il faut de plus penser à charger le package avec l'option \Cle{pythontex}. - Voir par exemple \url{http://lesmathsduyeti.fr/fr/informatique/latex/pythontex/} ! \end{codeattention} @@ -2520,6 +2522,8 @@ Comme précédemment, des \Cle{Clés} qui permettent de \textit{légèrement} mo \begin{codeinfo} Pour celles et ceux qui ne sont pas à l'aise avec le {package} \ctex{pythontex} et notamment sa spécificité pour compiler, il existe le {package} \ctex{minted} qui permet de présenter du code, et notamment Python. + +\cmaj{2.5.0} C'est donc la \textsf{librairie} \clib{minted} qu'il faudra charger. \end{codeinfo} \begin{codeattention} @@ -2537,8 +2541,8 @@ Plusieurs \Cle{arguments} (optionnels) sont disponibles : \begin{itemize} \item la version \textit{étoilée} qui permet de ne pas afficher les numéros de lignes ; - \item le premier argument optionnel concerne la \Cle{largeur} de la \ctex{tcbox} ;\hfill{}défaut \Cle{12cm} - \item le second argument optionnel concerne les \Cle{options} de la \ctex{tcbox} en \textit{langage tcolorbox}.\hfill{}défaut \Cle{vide} + \item le 1\up{er} argument \textit{optionnel} concerne la \Cle{largeur} de la \ctex{tcbox} ;\hfill{}défaut \Cle{12cm} + \item le 2\up{nd} argument \textit{optionnel} concerne les \Cle{options} de la \ctex{tcbox} en \textit{langage tcbox}.\hfill{}défaut \Cle{vide} \end{itemize} \end{codecles} @@ -2577,11 +2581,9 @@ Plusieurs \Cle{arguments} (optionnels) sont disponibles : \subsection{Console d'exécution Python} \begin{codeidee} -\ctex{pythontex} permet également de \textit{simuler} (en exécutant également !) du code python dans une \textit{console}. +\ctex{pythontex} permet également de \textit{simuler} (en exécutant également !) du code python dans une \textit{console}, avec la \textsf{librairie} \clib{pythontex} du coup ! C'est l'environnement \ctex{ConsolePythontex} qui permet de le faire. - -\cmaj{2.1.0} Il ne faut donc pas oublier de charger le package \ctex{ProfLycee} avec l'option \Cle{pythontex}. \end{codeidee} \begin{codetex}[listing only] @@ -3444,7 +3446,7 @@ L'idée est que cette macro calcule et stocke les paramètres dans des variables \item en calculs \textit{purs} ; \item dans un environnement \TikZ{} via \textsf{pgfplots} ou bien en \textit{natif} ; \item dans un environnement \PSTricks{} ; - \item dans un environnement \METAPOST{} (à vérifier quand même) ; + \item dans un environnement \hologo{METAPOST} (à vérifier quand même) ; \item \ldots \end{itemize} \end{codeidee} @@ -3860,14 +3862,14 @@ Cette commande permet de tracer une grille principale et/ou une grille secondair \begin{codetex}[listing only] \begin{tikzpicture}% - [x=0.35cm,y=0.07cm,% + [x=0.3cm,y=0.06cm,% Ox=1992,xmin=1992,xmax=2012,xgrille=2,xgrilles=1,% Oy=1640,ymin=1640,ymax=1730,ygrille=10,ygrilles=5] \GrilleTikz \end{tikzpicture} ~~ \begin{tikzpicture}% - [x=0.35cm,y=0.07cm,% + [x=0.3cm,y=0.06cm,% Ox=1992,xmin=1992,xmax=2012,xgrille=2,xgrilles=1,% Oy=1640,ymin=1640,ymax=1730,ygrille=10,ygrilles=5] \GrilleTikz[Affp=false][][orange,densely dotted] @@ -3877,14 +3879,14 @@ Cette commande permet de tracer une grille principale et/ou une grille secondair \begin{codesortie} \hfill~ \begin{tikzpicture}% - [x=0.35cm,y=0.07cm,% + [x=0.3cm,y=0.06cm,% Ox=1992,xmin=1992,xmax=2012,xgrille=2,xgrilles=1,% Oy=1640,ymin=1640,ymax=1730,ygrille=10,ygrilles=5] \GrilleTikz \end{tikzpicture} ~~ \begin{tikzpicture}% - [x=0.35cm,y=0.07cm,% + [x=0.3cm,y=0.06cm,% Ox=1992,xmin=1992,xmax=2012,xgrille=2,xgrilles=1,% Oy=1640,ymin=1640,ymax=1730,ygrille=10,ygrilles=5] \GrilleTikz[Affp=false][][orange,densely dotted] @@ -3929,14 +3931,14 @@ Cette commande permet de tracer les axes, avec des \Cle{clés} : \begin{codesortie} \hfill~ \begin{tikzpicture}% - [x=0.35cm,y=0.07cm,% + [x=0.3cm,y=0.06cm,% Ox=1992,xmin=1992,xmax=2012,xgrille=2,xgrilles=1,% Oy=1640,ymin=1640,ymax=1730,ygrille=10,ygrilles=5] \AxesTikz \end{tikzpicture} ~~ \begin{tikzpicture}% - [x=0.35cm,y=0.07cm,% + [x=0.3cm,y=0.06cm,% Ox=1992,xmin=1992,xmax=2012,xgrille=2,xgrilles=1,% Oy=1640,ymin=1640,ymax=1730,ygrille=10,ygrilles=5] \AxesTikz% @@ -4030,7 +4032,7 @@ Il existe, de manière marginale, quelques commandes complémentaires qui ne ser % \PLorigine[<options>] %\end{codetex} -\subsection{Interactions avec PLreglin} +\subsection{Interactions avec CalculsRegLin} \begin{codetex}[listing only] %...code tikz @@ -4094,8 +4096,8 @@ Cette commande permet de rajouter le point moyen du nuage, calculé par la comma \item \Cle{Taille}, taille du point moyen ; \hfill~défaut \Cle{4pt} \item \Cle{Couleur}, couleur du point moyen ; \hfill~défaut \Cle{red} \item \Cle{Style} parmi \Cle{o} (rond) ou \Cle{x} (croix) ou \Cle{+} (plus) ; \hfill~défaut \Cle{o} - \item \Cle{xg}, abscisse du point moyen, récupérable via \ctex{PLRegLin} ; \hfill~défaut \Cle{\textbackslash{}LXmoy} - \item \Cle{yg}, ordonnée du point moyen, récupérable via \ctex{PLRegLin} ; \hfill~défaut \Cle{\textbackslash{}LYmoy} + \item \Cle{xg}, abscisse du point moyen, récupérable via \ctex{CalculsRegLin} ; \hfill~défaut \Cle{\textbackslash{}LXmoy} + \item \Cle{yg}, ordonnée du point moyen, récupérable via \ctex{CalculsRegLin} ; \hfill~défaut \Cle{\textbackslash{}LYmoy} \item \Cle{Nom}, label du point moyen ; \hfill~défaut \Cle{G} \item \Cle{Pos} qui est la position du label par rapport au point ; \hfill~défaut \Cle{above} \item \Cle{Decal} qui est l'éloignement de la position du label par rapport au point ; \hfill~défaut \Cle{0pt} @@ -4971,6 +4973,7 @@ Peu de paramétrage pour ces commandes qui permettent de calculer $A_n^p$ et $C_ \begin{itemize} \item les versions étoilées ne formatent pas le résultat grâce à \ctex{\textbackslash num} de \ctex{sinuitx} ; + \item le booléen \Cle{Notation} pour avoir la notation au début ; \hfill~défaut \Cle{false} \item le booléen \Cle{Formule} permet de présenter la formule avant le résultat ; \hfill~défaut \Cle{false} \item le premier argument, \textit{obligatoire}, est la valeur de $p$ ; \item le second argument, \textit{obligatoire}, est la valeur de $n$. @@ -4978,19 +4981,21 @@ Peu de paramétrage pour ces commandes qui permettent de calculer $A_n^p$ et $C_ \end{codecles} \begin{codetex}[] -On a $A_{20}^3=\Arrangement*{3}{20}$ en non formaté, et $A_{20}^3=\Arrangement{3}{20}$ en formaté. +On a $A_{20}^3=\Arrangement*{3}{20}$ en non formaté, +et $\Arrangement[Notation]{3}{20}$ en formaté avec la notation au début. \end{codetex} \begin{codetex}[] -On a $C_{20}^3=\Combinaison*{3}{20}$ en non formaté, et $C_{20}^3=\Combinaison{3}{20}$ en formaté. +On a $\displaystyle\binom{20}{3}=\Combinaison*{3}{20}$ en non formaté,~ +et $\displaystyle\Combinaison[Notation]{3}{20}$ en formaté avec la notation au début. \end{codetex} \begin{codetex}[] -On a $A_{20}^3=\Arrangement[Formule]{3}{20}$. +On a $\displaystyle\Arrangement[Notation,Formule]{3}{20}$. \end{codetex} \begin{codetex}[] -On a $C_{20}^3=\displaystyle\Combinaison[Formule]{3}{20}$. +On a $\displaystyle\Combinaison[NotationAncien,Formule]{3}{20}$. %ancienne notation FR \end{codetex} \newpage @@ -6217,6 +6222,10 @@ La grille, créée en \TikZ, est portée par le rectangle de \og coins \fg{} $(0 \part{Historique} +{\small \bverb|v 2.5.0|~:~~~~Système de \textsf{librairies} pour certains packages/commandes (page \pageref{librairies}) + +{\small \bverb|v 2.2.0|~:~~~~Ajout d'une clé \Cle{Notation} pour les arrangements et combinaisons (page \pageref{combinatoire}) + {\small \bverb|v 2.1.9|~:~~~~Correction d'un bug (et ajout d'une version étoilée) pour les petits schémas \og de signe \fg{} (page \pageref{aidesigne}) {\small \bverb|v 2.1.8|~:~~~~Suppression des commandes de PixelArt, désormais dans le package \textsf{PixelArtTikz} @@ -6257,13 +6266,13 @@ La grille, créée en \TikZ, est portée par le rectangle de \og coins \fg{} $(0 {\small \bverb|v 2.0.2|~:~~~~Option \textsf{left-margin=auto} pour le package \textsf{piton} (page \pageref{pythonpiton}) -{\small \bverb|v 2.0.1|~:~~~~Chargement du package \textsf{piton} uniquement si compilation en \LuaLaTeX{} (page \pageref{pythonpiton}) +{\small \bverb|v 2.0.1|~:~~~~Chargement du package \textsf{piton} uniquement si compilation en \hologo{LuaLaTeX} (page \pageref{pythonpiton}) {\small \bverb|v 2.0.0|~:~~~~Refonte du code source avec modification des commandes, et de la documentation} \hrulefill -{\small \bverb|v 1.3.7|~:~~~~Commandes pour du code python via piton, en compilation \LuaLaTeX{} (page \pageref{pythonpiton}) +{\small \bverb|v 1.3.7|~:~~~~Commandes pour du code python via piton, en compilation \hologo{LuaLaTeX} (page \pageref{pythonpiton}) {\small \bverb| |~:~~~~Corrections et modifications mineures de la documentation diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/ProfLycee.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/ProfLycee.sty index f8a0b9f0aa..c65512f9e3 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/ProfLycee.sty +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/ProfLycee.sty @@ -3,7 +3,9 @@ % or later, see http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txtf \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{ProfLycee}[2023/02/04 2.1.9 Aide pour l'utilisation de LaTeX en lycee] +\ProvidesPackage{ProfLycee}[2023/02/08 2.5.0 Aide pour l'utilisation de LaTeX en lycee] +% 2.5.0 Passage à des libraires via \useproflyclib +% 2.2.0 Ajout de clés [Notation] pour les arrangements et combinaisons % 2.1.9 Correction d'un bug avec les MiniSchémas + version étoilée % 2.1.8 Suppression des pixelarts, désormais dans le package "PixelArtTikz" ! % 2.1.7 Option booléenne Math pour les figures pave/tetraèdre @@ -23,55 +25,10 @@ % 2.0.2 Ajout de l'option auto-margin sur piton % 2.0.1 Chargement de piton uniquement si lua... % 2.0.0 Refonte des commandes, des options, et de la documentation !!! -% ------------------------------------------------------------------ -% 1.3.7 Ajout d'un environnement simplifié pour du code python via piton -% 1.3.6 Ajout d'un "générateur" de trinômes (ou mise en forme basique) -% 1.3.5 Correction de bugs sur les calculs de probas (loi géométrique) -% 1.3.4 Ajout des calculs de probas geométriques et hypergeometriques + petits schémas probas -% 1.3.3 Ajout de commandes pour des arbres de probas classiques, en tikz -% 1.3.2 Correction d'une commande liée à la conversion bintohex (suppression clé trait) -% 1.3.1 Ajout d'une option pour ne pas afficher les bords des cases en pixelart -% 1.3.0 Ajout d'une commande pour mettre en forme une conversion depuis la base 10 -% 1.2.9 Correction d'une incompatibilité avec simplekv (clés vides...) -% 1.2.8 Correction de l'oubli d'une librairie tikz et remise en forme de la documentation -% 1.2.7 Calculs de probas pour des lois classiques -% 1.2.6 Ajout d'un environnement tikz pour des sudomaths personnalisés -% 1.2.5 Ajout d'une commande pour des boites à moustaches, en tikz -% 1.2.4 Correction de quelques bugs mineurs, et mise à jour de la doc -% 1.2.3 Ajout d'un environnement simplifié pour du code python -% 1.2.2 Ajouts de commandes pour des stats à 2 variables -% 1.2.1 Amélioration de la gestion du csv pour les pixelart -% 1.2 Correction d'un méchant bug avec pixelart, erf... -% 1.1.9 Commande pour du pixelart en tikz (avec option csvii pour compatibilité) -% 1.1.8 Ajout d'un style mainlevee pour tikz -% 1.1.7 Ajout de commandes pour des conversions bin/dec/hex -% 1.1.6 Ajout d'une commande pour déterminer les paramètres d'un régression linéaire par moindres carrés -% 1.1.5 Ajout de commandes pour "visualiser" le signe de ax+b ou de ax2+bx+c (cf tnsana !) -% 1.1.4 Ajout d'une commande cercletrigoPL pour, en \TikZ, créer facilement un cercle trigo avec options -% 1.1.3 Ajout d'une commande ensemble pour créer un ensemble à partir d'une liste -% 1.1.2 Modifs mineures -% 1.1.1 Modification mineure de l'environnement CF, avec prise de charge de la taille du texte ! -% 1.1.0 Ajout d'une commande tetraPL pour un tetraèdre dans un environnement TikZ -% 1.0.9 Ajout d'une commande pavePL pour un pave droit dans un environnement TikZ -% 1.0.8 Ajout d'une commande liencapytale pour créer un cartouche "comme sur capytale" -% 1.0.7 Option [build] pour placer les fichiers temporaires dans un répertoire build (désactivée par défaut) -% 1.0.6 Option [nominted] pour éviter de charger minted & nettoyage amssymb -% 1.0.5 Environnement code python avec minted -% 1.0.4 Environnement pour simuler terminal windows & linux -% 1.0.3 Environnement pour présenter du pseudocode -% 1.0.2 Environnement pour présenter du code python (avec pythontex) -% 1.0.1 Modif mineure du chargement de xcolor (compatibilité avec d'autres packages notamment...) -% 1.0 Version initiale %------Option(s) -\newif\if@nonshellescape \@nonshellescapefalse -\DeclareOption{nonshellescape}{\@nonshellescapetrue} \newif\if@build \@buildfalse \DeclareOption{build}{\@buildtrue} -\newif\if@pythontex \@pythontexfalse -\DeclareOption{pythontex}{\@pythontextrue} -%\newif\if@csvii \@csviifalse -%\DeclareOption{csvii}{\@csviitrue} \DeclareOption*{} \ProcessOptions\relax @@ -82,7 +39,6 @@ \RequirePackage{tkz-tab} \RequirePackage{pgf,pgffor} \RequirePackage{ifthen} -%\RequirePackage{xparse} \RequirePackage{xkeyval} \RequirePackage{xstring} \RequirePackage{xintexpr} @@ -92,25 +48,18 @@ \RequirePackage{simplekv} \RequirePackage{listofitems} \RequirePackage{tabularray} -%\RequirePackage{hvlogos} \RequirePackage{hologo} \RequirePackage{fancyvrb} \RequirePackage{siunitx} %test avec v3 \sisetup{% locale=FR,output-decimal-marker={,},% - mode = match, propagate-math-font = true,% - reset-math-version = false, reset-text-family = false,% - reset-text-series = false, reset-text-shape = false,% - text-family-to-math = true, text-series-to-math = true,% - group-minimum-digits=4% + mode=match,propagate-math-font=true,% + reset-math-version=false,reset-text-family=false,% + reset-text-series=false,reset-text-shape=false,% + text-family-to-math=true,text-series-to-math=true,% + group-minimum-digits=4 }% \RequirePackage{fontawesome5} -%\if@csvii -% \RequirePackage[legacy]{csvsimple} -%\else -% \RequirePackage{expl3} -% \RequirePackage[l3]{csvsimple} -%\fi %librairies tikz \usetikzlibrary{calc} \usetikzlibrary{decorations} @@ -125,28 +74,35 @@ %divers \RequirePackage{iftex} -%python -\if@pythontex - \RequirePackage[gobble=auto]{pythontex} - \setpythontexlistingenv{pythont} %pour ne pas télescoper lstlistings (?) - \if@build - \setpythontexoutputdir{./build/pythontex-files-\jobname} %essai de modif pythontex répertoire build - \fi -\fi - -%shellescape -\if@nonshellescape - %on ne charge pas minted et la librairie tcbox -\else - \if@build - %on charge minted avec le répertoire build - \RequirePackage[outputdir=build]{minted} - \fi - %on charge minted via la librairie tcbox - \tcbuselibrary{minted} -\fi +%%------LIBRAIRIES/BIBIOTHÈQUES +\newcommand\useproflyclib[1]{%ajout d'une commande "librairie" pour charger des modules + \IfSubStr{#1}{piton}% + {% + \input{proflycee-tools-piton.tex} + }% + {}% + \IfSubStr{#1}{minted}% + {% + \if@build + \RequirePackage[outputdir=build]{minted} %on charge minted avec le répertoire build + \fi + \tcbuselibrary{minted} %on charge minted via la librairie tcbox + \input{proflycee-tools-minted.tex} + }% + {}% + \IfSubStr{#1}{pythontex}% + {% + \RequirePackage[gobble=auto]{pythontex} + \setpythontexlistingenv{pythont} %pour ne pas télescoper lstlistings (?) + \if@build + \setpythontexoutputdir{./build/pythontex-files-\jobname} %essai de modif pythontex répertoire build + \fi + \input{proflycee-tools-pythontex.tex} + }% + {}% +} -%-----------PRESENTATIONDECODES-------------- +%%------PRESENTATIONDECODES \NewTCBListing{PresentationCode}{ O{ForestGreen} m }{% sharp corners=downhill,enhanced,arc=12pt,skin=bicolor,% colback=#1!5!white,colframe=#1!75!black,colbacklower=White,% @@ -163,9 +119,9 @@ #2 } -%---------------SPLINES---------------------- -%------commande utile pour extraire des infos d'une liste -\newcommand\extractcoeff[2]{% #1=liste & #2=numero +%%------SPLINES +%commande utile pour extraire des infos d'une liste +\newcommand\extractcoeff[2]{%1=liste,2=numero \setsepchar{§}% \readlist*\lcoeffs{#1} \ifnum \lcoeffslen=1 @@ -179,7 +135,7 @@ \fi } -%------splines en tikz avec ..controls +%splines en tikz avec ..controls \defKV[spline]{% Epaisseur=\def\SPLepaisseur{#1},% Couleur=\def\SPLcouleur{#1},% @@ -244,7 +200,7 @@ {} } -%------tangente(s) en TikZ, avec point/dérivée ou liste points/dérivées +%tangente(s) en TikZ, avec point/dérivée ou liste points/dérivées \defKV[tgte]{% Epaisseur=\def\TGTepaisseur{#1},% Couleur=\def\TGTcouleur{#1},% @@ -274,7 +230,7 @@ \draw[line width=\TGTepaisseur,\TGTcouleur,domain=\TGTDEB:\TGTFIN,\TGTstyle] plot (\x,{\fprimea*(\x-\xa)+\ya}) ;% } -%----------------FENÊTRE CALCUL FORMEL +%%------FENÊTRE CALCUL FORMEL \newcommand\CFchap{\textasciicircum} \newcounter{CFnum} %def des clés @@ -305,7 +261,7 @@ \useKVdefault[paramfenxcas]% \setKV[paramfenxcas]{#1}% on paramètres les nouvelles clés et on les simplifie } -%def des clés + \defKV[paramlgxcas]{% HautCmd=\def\CFhle{#1},% HautRes=\def\CFhlr{#1} @@ -379,163 +335,7 @@ {} } -\if@pythontex -%=========CONSOLEPYTHON=========== OK !! -\defKV[envpythonconsole]{% - Largeur=\def\CSPYlargeur{#1},% - Centre=\testboolKV{#1} - {\def\hookcenterpre{\begin{center}}\def\hookcenterpost{\end{center}}} - {\def\hookcenterpre{\begin{flushleft}}\def\hookcenterpost{\end{flushleft}}},% - TaillePolice=\def\CSPYfonte{#1},% - EspacementVertical=\def\CSPYstretch{#1} -} - -\setKVdefault[envpythonconsole]{% - Largeur=\linewidth,% - Centre=true,% - Label=true,% - TaillePolice=\footnotesize,% - EspacementVertical=1 -} - -\newenvironment{ConsolePythontex}[1][]{% - \useKVdefault[envpythonconsole]% - \setKV[envpythonconsole]{#1}% on paramètres les nouvelles clés et on les simplifie - \VerbatimEnvironment - \hookcenterpre - \begin{minipage}{\CSPYlargeur} - \ifboolKV[envpythonconsole]{Label}%si label - {\begin{pyconsole}[][% - framesep=3mm,frame=single,fontsize=\CSPYfonte,framerule=1pt,rulecolor=\color{ForestGreen},label={[\scriptsize Début de la console python]\scriptsize Fin de la console python},baselinestretch=\CSPYstretch]}% - {\begin{pyconsole}[][% - framesep=3mm,frame=single,fontsize=\CSPYfonte,framerule=1pt,rulecolor=\color{ForestGreen},baselinestretch=\CSPYstretch]} - } - { - \end{pyconsole} - \end{minipage} - \hookcenterpost -} - -%=========CODEPYTHONTEX=========== OK!! -\defKV[envpythonverb]{% - Largeur=\def\CODPYlargeur{#1},% - TaillePolice=\def\CODPYfonte{#1},% - EspacementVertical=\def\CODPYstretch{#1},% - Centre=\testboolKV{#1} - {\def\verbcenterpre{\begin{center}}\def\verbcenterpost{\end{center}}} - {\def\verbcenterpre{}\def\verbcenterpost{}} -} - -\setKVdefault[envpythonverb]{% - Largeur=\linewidth,% - Centre=true,% - Lignes=true,% - TaillePolice=\footnotesize,% - EspacementVertical=1 -} - -\tcbset{stylepythontex/.style={% - enhanced,boxrule=1.25pt,% - sharp corners=downhill,arc=12pt, - before skip=12pt,after skip=12pt,% - top=10pt,bottom=1mm,rightupper=4pt,%leftupper=25pt, - attach boxed title to top right={yshift=-\tcboxedtitleheight}, - boxed title style={ - size=small,colback=ForestGreen!25,boxrule=1.25pt, - colframe=Green,boxsep=1.25pt, - sharp corners=downhill, - arc=12pt, - top=2pt,bottom=1pt,left=6pt,right=6pt - }, - fonttitle=\color{ForestGreen}\itshape\ttfamily\footnotesize, - title={\scriptsize\faPython}\:Code Python\vphantom{p}, - watermark text={\faPython},watermark opacity=0.175,watermark zoom=0.50, - } -} - -\tcbset{stylepythonnolineos/.style={% - stylepythontex,leftupper=10pt, - colframe=Green,colback=ForestGreen!5,% -% fontlower=\small,% - before upper=\renewcommand\theFancyVerbLine{\scriptsize\ttfamily\color{Gray}\arabic{FancyVerbLine}} - } -} - -\tcbset{stylepythonlineos/.style={% - stylepythontex,leftupper=25pt, - colframe=Green,colback=ForestGreen!5,% -% fontlower=\small,% - before upper=\renewcommand\theFancyVerbLine{\scriptsize\ttfamily\color{Gray}\arabic{FancyVerbLine}} - } -} - -\newtcolorbox{tcpythontexcode}[1][\linewidth]{% - width=#1,stylepythonlineos -} - -\newtcolorbox{tcpythontexcodeno}[1][\linewidth]{% - width=#1,stylepythonnolineos -} - -\newenvironment{CodePythontex}[1][]{% - \useKVdefault[envpythonverb]% - \setKV[envpythonverb]{#1}% on paramètres les nouvelles clés et on les simplifie - \VerbatimEnvironment - \verbcenterpre - \ifboolKV[envpythonverb]{Lignes}%si lignes=true - {\begin{tcpythontexcode}[\CODPYlargeur]} - {\begin{tcpythontexcodeno}[\CODPYlargeur]} - \ifboolKV[envpythonverb]{Lignes}%si lignes=true - {\begin{pyverbatim}[][fontsize=\CODPYfonte,numbers=left,numbersep=10pt,commandchars=\\\{\},mathescape,baselinestretch=\CODPYstretch]} - {\begin{pyverbatim}[][numbers=none,numbersep=0pt,fontsize=\CODPYfonte,commandchars=\\\{\},mathescape,baselinestretch=\CODPYstretch]} - } - { - \end{pyverbatim} - \ifboolKV[envpythonverb]{Lignes}%si lignes=true - {\end{tcpythontexcode}} - {\end{tcpythontexcodeno}} - \verbcenterpost -} -\fi - -%=========PYTHONMINTED========= OK !! -\tcbset{pytmintedno/.style={% - listing engine=minted,minted style=colorful, - minted language=python,listing only, - minted options={tabsize=4,fontsize=\footnotesize,autogobble}, - } -} - -\tcbset{pytminted/.style={% - listing engine=minted,minted style=colorful, - minted language=python,listing only, - minted options={tabsize=4,fontsize=\footnotesize,autogobble,xleftmargin=16pt,linenos,numbersep=10pt}, - } -} - -\DeclareTCBListing{CodePythonMinted}{ s O{12cm} O{} }{% étoilée sans numéro, taille puis options... - \IfBooleanTF{#1}{pytmintedno}{pytminted}, - enhanced,width=#2,#3, - colframe=Green,colback=ForestGreen!5,% - boxrule=1.25pt, - sharp corners=downhill,arc=12pt, - before skip=12pt,after skip=12pt,% - leftupper=8pt,top=10pt,bottom=4pt,rightupper=4pt,% - attach boxed title to top right={yshift=-\tcboxedtitleheight}, - boxed title style={ - size=small,colback=ForestGreen!25,boxrule=1.25pt, - colframe=Green,boxsep=1.25pt, - sharp corners=downhill, - arc=12pt, - top=2pt,bottom=1pt,left=6pt,right=6pt - }, - fonttitle=\color{ForestGreen}\itshape\ttfamily\footnotesize, - title={\scriptsize\faPython}\:Code Python\vphantom{y}, - watermark text={\faPython},watermark opacity=0.175,watermark zoom=0.50, - before upper=\renewcommand{\theFancyVerbLine}{\scriptsize\ttfamily\color{Green}\arabic{FancyVerbLine}} -} - -%=======STYLE ALGO LST========= OK ! +%%------STYLE ALGO LST \ifluatex \tcbuselibrary{listings} \lstdefinelanguage{langnat}{% @@ -586,7 +386,7 @@ } \fi -%=======PYTHONLISTINGS========= OK !! +%%------PYTHONLISTINGS \tcbset{stylepythonlst/.style={% enhanced,boxrule=1.25pt,% leftupper=10pt, @@ -629,63 +429,10 @@ \NewTCBInputListing{\CodePythonLstFichier}{ s O{\linewidth} m m }{ \IfBooleanTF{#1}{stylepythonlstnolineos}{stylepythonlstlineos}, width=#2,#3, - listing file={#4}} - -%=========PYTHONPITON========== OK !! -\defKV[envpiton]{% - Largeur=\def\CODPITlargeur{#1},% - Alignement=\def\CODPITalign{#1},% - TaillePolice=\def\CODPITfonte{#1} -} - -\setKVdefault[envpiton]{% - Largeur=\linewidth,% - Alignement=center,% - Lignes=true,% - Gobble=true,% - TaillePolice=\footnotesize + listing file={#4} } -\tcbset{stylepiton/.style={% - enhanced,boxrule=1.25pt,% - sharp corners=downhill,arc=12pt, - before skip=12pt,after skip=12pt,% - top=10pt,bottom=1mm,rightupper=4pt,%leftupper=25pt, - attach boxed title to top right={yshift=-\tcboxedtitleheight}, - boxed title style={ - size=small,colback=ForestGreen!25,boxrule=1.25pt, - colframe=Green,boxsep=1.25pt, - sharp corners=downhill, - arc=12pt, - top=2pt,bottom=1pt,left=6pt,right=6pt - }, - fonttitle=\color{ForestGreen}\itshape\ttfamily\footnotesize, - title={\scriptsize\faPython}\:Code Python\vphantom{p}, - watermark text={\faPython},watermark opacity=0.175,watermark zoom=0.50, - } -} - -\ifluatex - \RequirePackage{piton} - \NewPitonEnvironment{CodePiton}{ O{} }% - {% - \useKVdefault[envpiton]% - \setKV[envpiton]{#1}% on paramètres les nouvelles clés et on les simplifie - \ifboolKV[envpiton]{Lignes}%si lignes=true - {\PitonOptions{left-margin=auto,all-line-numbers}}% - {}% - \ifboolKV[envpiton]{Gobble}%si gobble=true - {\PitonOptions{tabs-auto-gobble}}% - {}% - \PitonOptions{break-lines,indent-broken-lines}% - \begin{tcolorbox}[stylepiton,leftupper=8pt,colframe=Green,colback=ForestGreen!5,width=\CODPITlargeur,fontupper=\CODPITfonte,fontlower=\CODPITfonte,\CODPITalign] - }% - {% - \end{tcolorbox}% - }% -\fi - -%=========PSEUDOCODE=========== OK !! +%%------PSEUDOCODE %language pseudocode listings \lstdefinestyle{pseudocodePL}{% language=langnat, @@ -768,7 +515,7 @@ } } -%============FakeTerm=========== OK !! +%%------FakeTerm %couleurs (inspirées par termsim !) \definecolor{PLmpurple}{RGB}{48,10,36} \definecolor{PLmgray}{RGB}{70,72,67} @@ -912,14 +659,14 @@ width=#1,#3 } -%============CartoucheCapytale========= OK !! +%%------CartoucheCapytale \definecolor{vertcapyt}{rgb}{0.0,0.5,0.0} %\definecolor{vertcapyt}{HTML}{008000} \DeclareTotalTCBox{\CartoucheCapytale}{ s O{} m } {enhanced,size=fbox,on line,arc=3pt,colback=vertcapyt,colframe=vertcapyt,fontupper=\IfBooleanTF{#1}{\ttfamily}{\sffamily}\bfseries,colupper=white}% {#3#2~{\scriptsize\faLink}} -%============PaveDroitTikZ============= OK !! +%%------PaveDroitTikZ \defKV[paramspave]{% Largeur=\xdef\PFPaveLg{#1},% Profondeur=\xdef\PFPavePf{#1},% @@ -990,7 +737,7 @@ (\PaveD)--(\PaveH) ;} } -%============TétraèdreTikZ============= OK !! +%%------TétraèdreTikZ \defKV[paramstetra]{% Largeur=\xdef\PFTetraLg{#1},% Profondeur=\xdef\PFTetraPf{#1},% @@ -1040,7 +787,7 @@ {\draw[dashed,\PFTetraThick] (\TetraA)--(\TetraC) ;} } -%============EnsembleList============== OK !! +%%------EnsembleList \defKV[kvensemble]{% Sep=\def\PLenssep{#1},% Option=\def\PLensopt{#1} @@ -1056,11 +803,11 @@ \useKVdefault[kvensemble]% \setKV[kvensemble]{#1}% \ifboolKV[kvensemble]{Mathpunct}% - {\left\lbrace \PLensopt{} \mathpunct{} \StrSubstitute{#2}{/}{\mathpunct{}{\PLenssep}\mathpunct{}} \mathpunct{} \right\rbrace}% + {\left\lbrace \PLensopt{} \mathpunct{} \StrSubstitute{#2}{/}{\mathpunct{}{\PLenssep}\mathpunct{}} \right\rbrace}% {\left\lbrace \PLensopt{} \StrSubstitute{#2}{/}{{\PLenssep}} \right\rbrace} } -%===============SimplFrac============== OK !! +%%------SimplFrac \DeclareDocumentCommand\ConversionFraction{ O{} m }{% argument optionnel [d ou t] puis argument mandataire {calcul ou fraction} \def\calculargument{\xintPRaw{\xintIrr{\xinteval{#2}}}}%on calcule et on transforme en A/B \IfSubStr{\calculargument}{/}%on teste si le symbole / apparaît @@ -1075,7 +822,7 @@ }% } -%================CabWeb================ OK !! +%%------CabWeb \defKV[webrecurr]{% Fct=\def\PLRecurfct{#1},% Nom=\def\PLRecurnom{#1},% @@ -1097,7 +844,6 @@ TailleLabel=\small } -%\newcommand\recurr[1][]{% \NewDocumentCommand\ToileRecurrence{ O{} O{thick,color=magenta} O{dotted} }{ %<clés> + <style cabweb> + <style supplémentaire pointillés> \useKVdefault[webrecurr]% @@ -1126,7 +872,7 @@ } } -%================CercleTrigo=========== OK !! +%%------CercleTrigo \defKV[cercletrigo]{% Rayon=\def\PLcerclerayon{#1},% Epaisseur=\def\PLcerclethick{#1},% @@ -1256,7 +1002,7 @@ {} } -%==================AideTds============= OK !! +%%------AideTds \defKV[aidetds]{% Code=\def\tdsparam{#1},% Couleur=\def\tdscouleur{#1},% @@ -1357,7 +1103,6 @@ } \NewDocumentCommand\MiniSchemaSignes{ s O{} D<>{} }{% -%\newcommand\MiniSchemaSignes[1][]{% \useKVdefault[aidetds] \setKV[aidetds]{#2} %simplification des codes @@ -1439,7 +1184,7 @@ \path (ZZZ.east) + (#4,0) pic[right,scale=#3,every node/.style={scale=#3}] {code={\MiniSchemaSignes[#1]}} ; } -%=============RegressionLinéaire======= OK !! +%%------RegressionLinéaire %calcul des paramètres \defKV[coeffreglin]{% NomCoeffa=\def\RegLinCoeffa{#1},% @@ -1535,7 +1280,7 @@ \foreach \i in {1,2,...,\LNB} {\filldraw[\RegLinNuageCouleur] ({\LX[\i]-\RegLinNuageOx},{\LY[\i]-\RegLinNuageOy}) circle[radius=\RegLinNuageTaille] ;} } -%=============ConversionsBases========= OK !! +%%------ConversionsBases %dec->bin avec blocs de 4 chiffres \setKVdefault[CONVDECBIN]{% AffBase=true @@ -1551,10 +1296,6 @@ {\num{#3}\ifboolKV[CONVDECBIN]{AffBase}{_{10}}{}=\num[digit-group-size=4,minimum-integer-digits=\nbgrp]{\resbrut}\ifboolKV[CONVDECBIN]{AffBase}{_{2}}{}} } -%bin->hexa avec blocs de 4 chiffres -%\defKV[CONVBINHEX]{% -% trait=\def\epcrochet{#1} -%} \setKVdefault[CONVBINHEX]{% %trait=0.5pt,% AffBase=true,% @@ -1717,87 +1458,13 @@ \num{\convertbasetobasedix{#2}{#3}}\ifboolKV[CONVTODEC]{AffBase}{_{10}}{}% } -%==============MainLevée TikZ========== OK !! +%%------MainLevée TikZ \tikzset{% mainlevee/.style args={#1et#2}{decorate,decoration={random steps,segment length=#1,amplitude=#2}}, mainlevee/.default={5mm et 0.6pt} } -%%==============PixelArt TikZ=========== OK !! :=> vers le package PixelArtTikz !! -%\defKV[pixelarttkz]{% -% Codes=\def\PATlettres{#1},% -% Couleurs=\def\PATcouleurs{#1},% -% Symboles=\def\PATchiffres{#1},% -% Style=\def\PATtaille{#1} -%} -% -%\setKVdefault[pixelarttkz]{% -% Style=\scriptsize,% -% Correction=false,% -% Symb=false,% -% BordCases=true -%} -% -%\newcommand\PixelArtTikz[2][]{% -% \useKVdefault[pixelarttkz] -% \setKV[pixelarttkz]{#1} -% %affichage du corrigé -% \ifboolKV[pixelarttkz]{Correction} -% {% -% \csvloop{file=#2,no head,command={% -% \foreach \l [count=\n] in \csvline {% -% \StrDel{\l}{ }[\l] -% \setsepchar{,} -% \readlist*\LCPA\PATcouleurs -% \StrPosition{\PATlettres}{\l}[\pixcnt]% -% \xintifboolexpr{\pixcnt>0}% -% {% -% \itemtomacro\LCPA[\pixcnt]\pixcol% -% \ifboolKV[pixelarttkz]{BordCases}% -% {\draw[fill=\pixcol] ({\n-0.5},{-\thecsvrow+0.5}) rectangle ({\n+0.5},{-\thecsvrow-0.5}) ;}% -% {\filldraw[\pixcol] ({\n-0.5},{-\thecsvrow+0.5}) rectangle ({\n+0.5},{-\thecsvrow-0.5}) ;}% -% % -% }% -% {} -% } -% } -% } -% } -% {% -% \ifboolKV[pixelarttkz]{Symb} -% {%affichage du pixelart versions chiffres si besoin -% \csvloop{file=#2,no head,command={% -% \foreach \l [count=\n] in \csvline {% -% \StrDel{\l}{ }[\l] -% \setsepchar{,} -% \readlist*\LCNA\PATchiffres -% \StrPosition{\PATlettres}{\l}[\pixpos]% -% \xintifboolexpr{\pixpos>0}% -% {% -% \itemtomacro\LCNA[\pixpos]\pixchf% -% \draw ({\n-0.5},{-\thecsvrow+0.5}) rectangle ({\n+0.5},{-\thecsvrow-0.5}) node[inner sep=0,midway,font=\PATtaille] {\pixchf} ;% -% } -% {}% -% } -% } -% } -% } -% {%affichage du pixelart versions lettres ou chiffres simples (<=9) -% \csvloop{file=#2,no head,command={% -% \foreach \l [count=\n] in \csvline {% -% \StrDel{\l}{ }[\l] -% \IfSubStr{\PATlettres}{\l}% -% {% -% \draw ({\n-0.5},{-\thecsvrow+0.5}) rectangle ({\n+0.5},{-\thecsvrow-0.5}) node[inner sep=0,midway,font=\PATtaille] {\l};} -% {} -% } -% } -% } -% } -% } -%} - -%=========STATS2VAR========= +%%------STATS2VAR %variables directement dans tikzpicture \tikzset{% Ox/.store in=\axexOx,Ox/.default=0,Ox=0,%essai @@ -2159,7 +1826,7 @@ \end{tikzpicture}% } -%=============BOITES MOUSTACHES======== OK !! +%%------BOITES MOUSTACHES \defKV[boiteamoustaches]{% Couleur=\def\BaMCouleur{#1},% Elevation=\def\BaMElevation{#1},% @@ -2242,7 +1909,7 @@ {} } -%================SUDOMATHS============= OK !! +%%------SUDOMATHS \defKV[PLTIKZSUDOM]{% CouleurTexte=\def\PLSMcoultexte{#1},% Epaisseur=\def\PLSMepf{#1},% @@ -2369,7 +2036,7 @@ \end{tikzpicture} } -%================LOISPROBAS============ OK !! +%%------LOISPROBAS %calculs "simples" \newcommand\CalcBinomP[3]{%npk \xintFloatToDecimal{\xintfloateval{binomial(#1,#3)*#2^#3*(1-#2)^(#1-#3)}} @@ -2599,7 +2266,7 @@ } } -%===============CONVFROMDEC============ OK !! +%%------CONVFROMDEC \newcommand\PLnoeud[2]{\tikz[remember picture,baseline=(#1.base)]\node[shape=rectangle,inner sep=0pt](#1){#2};} \ExplSyntaxOn \newcommand\convertbasedixtobase[2]{% @@ -2658,7 +2325,7 @@ }{}% } -%===============ARBRESPROBAS=========== OK !! +%%------ARBRESPROBAS \defKV[PLTIKZARBRE]{% Unite=\def\PLAPunite{#1},% EspaceNiveau=\def\PLAPespniv{#1},% @@ -3056,7 +2723,7 @@ \end{tikzpicture} } -%==============SCHEMASPROBAS============= OK! +%%------SCHEMASPROBAS %densites utiles \def\densnorm#1{1/(sqrt(2*pi))*exp(-0.5*(#1*#1))} \def\densexpo#1{exp(-#1)} @@ -3131,7 +2798,7 @@ \end{tikzpicture} } -%===============TRINOMEALEA============== OK! +%%------TRINOMEALEA \setKVdefault[trinomealea]{% Alea=false,% Anegatif=true @@ -3171,7 +2838,7 @@ } -%=================PRESPGCD=============== OK! +%%------PRESPGCD \DeclareMathOperator{\PLpgcd}{PGCD} \defKV[prespgcd]{% Couleur=\def\PLPGCDCouleur{#1},% @@ -3234,7 +2901,7 @@ }{}% } -%================TVISOLUTION============= OK! +%%------TVISOLUTION \defKV[dichoto]{% NomFct=\def\DHTnomfct{#1},% va=\def\DHTva{#1},% @@ -3271,7 +2938,7 @@ }% } -%=================CALCSRECUR============= OK! +%%------CALCSRECUR \NewDocumentCommand\CalculInterneTermeRecurrence{ m m m m }{%pas forcément utile \xintdeffloatfunc varfctrecur(x) := #1 ;% \xdef\vartmp{#3}% @@ -3423,7 +3090,7 @@ }% } -%=================ALEATOIRES============= OK! +%%------ALEATOIRES \ExplSyntaxOn \NewDocumentCommand\TriListeCroiss{m} { @@ -3502,7 +3169,7 @@ \StrSubstitute{#2}{,}{\TAEEsep}[#2]%on change le séparateur si besoin } -%================SIMPLIFRACINES============ OK! +%%------SIMPLIFRACINES \DeclareDocumentCommand\SimplificationRacine{ m }{% argument mandataire {calcul ou fraction} \xdef\calculargument{\xintIrr{\xinteval{#1}}}% \IfEndWith{\calculargument}{/1}% @@ -3544,7 +3211,7 @@ }% } -%================MESUREPPALE============= OK! +%%------MESUREPPALE \setKVdefault[MesurePpale]{% Crochets=false, d=false @@ -3594,7 +3261,7 @@ }% } -%================DICHOTOMIE============== OK! +%%------DICHOTOMIE \defKV[SolDichoto]{% Precision=\xdef\DICHOTOstep{#1},% Intervalle=\xdef\DICHOTOinterv{#1},% @@ -3636,13 +3303,16 @@ \expandafter\def\csname#3a\endcsname{\fpeval{round(\varvalm,\DICHOTOstep)}}% } -%=================aNp/Cnp================ OK! +%%------aNp/Cnp \setKVdefault[anpCnp]{% - Formule=false + Formule=false,% + Notation=false,% + NotationAncien=false } \NewDocumentCommand\Arrangement{ s O{} m m }{% \useKVdefault[anpCnp]% \setKV[anpCnp]{#2}% + \ifboolKV[anpCnp]{Notation}{A_{#4}^{#3}=}{}% \ifboolKV[anpCnp]{Formule}{\frac{#4!}{\inteval{#4-#3}!}=}{}% \IfBooleanTF{#1}% {\fpeval{fact(#4)/fact(#4-#3)}}%non formaté @@ -3651,6 +3321,8 @@ \NewDocumentCommand\Combinaison{ s O{} m m }{% \useKVdefault[anpCnp]% \setKV[anpCnp]{#2}% + \ifboolKV[anpCnp]{Notation}{\binom{#4}{#3} =}{}% + \ifboolKV[anpCnp]{NotationAncien}{C_{#4}^{#3}=}{}% \ifboolKV[anpCnp]{Formule}{\frac{#4!}{#3! \times \inteval{#4-#3}!}=}{}% \IfBooleanTF{#1}% {\fpeval{fact(#4)/(fact(#3)*fact(#4-#3))}}%non formaté diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/proflycee-tools-minted.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/proflycee-tools-minted.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..028199ee6d --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/proflycee-tools-minted.tex @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +% proflycee-tools-minted.tex +% Copyright 2023 Cédric Pierquet +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2005/12/01 or later. + +%%------PYTHONMINTED +\tcbset{pytmintedno/.style={% + listing engine=minted,minted style=colorful, + minted language=python,listing only, + minted options={tabsize=4,fontsize=\footnotesize,autogobble}, + } +} + +\tcbset{pytminted/.style={% + listing engine=minted,minted style=colorful, + minted language=python,listing only, + minted options={tabsize=4,fontsize=\footnotesize,autogobble,xleftmargin=16pt,linenos,numbersep=10pt}, + } +} + +\DeclareTCBListing{CodePythonMinted}{ s O{12cm} O{} }{% étoilée sans numéro, taille puis options... + \IfBooleanTF{#1}{pytmintedno}{pytminted}, + enhanced,width=#2,#3, + colframe=Green,colback=ForestGreen!5,% + boxrule=1.25pt, + sharp corners=downhill,arc=12pt, + before skip=12pt,after skip=12pt,% + leftupper=8pt,top=10pt,bottom=4pt,rightupper=4pt,% + attach boxed title to top right={yshift=-\tcboxedtitleheight}, + boxed title style={ + size=small,colback=ForestGreen!25,boxrule=1.25pt, + colframe=Green,boxsep=1.25pt, + sharp corners=downhill, + arc=12pt, + top=2pt,bottom=1pt,left=6pt,right=6pt + }, + fonttitle=\color{ForestGreen}\itshape\ttfamily\footnotesize, + title={\scriptsize\faPython}\:Code Python\vphantom{y}, + watermark text={\faPython},watermark opacity=0.175,watermark zoom=0.50, + before upper=\renewcommand{\theFancyVerbLine}{\scriptsize\ttfamily\color{Green}\arabic{FancyVerbLine}} +} + +\endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/proflycee-tools-piton.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/proflycee-tools-piton.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5e97e82cc1 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/proflycee-tools-piton.tex @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +% proflycee-tools-piton.tex +% Copyright 2023 Cédric Pierquet +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2005/12/01 or later. + +\RequirePackage{iftex} + +%%------PYTHONPITON +\defKV[envpiton]{% + Largeur=\def\CODPITlargeur{#1},% + Alignement=\def\CODPITalign{#1},% + TaillePolice=\def\CODPITfonte{#1} +} + +\setKVdefault[envpiton]{% + Largeur=\linewidth,% + Alignement=center,% + Lignes=true,% + Gobble=true,% + TaillePolice=\footnotesize +} + +\tcbset{stylepiton/.style={% + enhanced,boxrule=1.25pt,% + sharp corners=downhill,arc=12pt, + before skip=12pt,after skip=12pt,% + top=10pt,bottom=1mm,rightupper=4pt,%leftupper=25pt, + attach boxed title to top right={yshift=-\tcboxedtitleheight}, + boxed title style={ + size=small,colback=ForestGreen!25,boxrule=1.25pt, + colframe=Green,boxsep=1.25pt, + sharp corners=downhill, + arc=12pt, + top=2pt,bottom=1pt,left=6pt,right=6pt + }, + fonttitle=\color{ForestGreen}\itshape\ttfamily\footnotesize, + title={\scriptsize\faPython}\:Code Python\vphantom{p}, + watermark text={\faPython},watermark opacity=0.175,watermark zoom=0.50 + } +} + +\ifluatex +\RequirePackage{piton} +\NewPitonEnvironment{CodePiton}{ O{} }% +{% + \useKVdefault[envpiton]% + \setKV[envpiton]{#1}% on paramètres les nouvelles clés et on les simplifie + \ifboolKV[envpiton]{Lignes}%si lignes=true + {\PitonOptions{left-margin=auto,all-line-numbers}}% + {}% + \ifboolKV[envpiton]{Gobble}%si gobble=true + {\PitonOptions{tabs-auto-gobble}}% + {}% + \PitonOptions{break-lines,indent-broken-lines}% + \begin{tcolorbox}[stylepiton,leftupper=8pt,colframe=Green,colback=ForestGreen!5,width=\CODPITlargeur,fontupper=\CODPITfonte,fontlower=\CODPITfonte,\CODPITalign] +}% +{% + \end{tcolorbox}% +} +\fi + +\endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/proflycee-tools-pythontex.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/proflycee-tools-pythontex.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a27acf3248 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/proflycee-tools-pythontex.tex @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +% proflycee-tools-pythontex.tex +% Copyright 2023 Cédric Pierquet +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2005/12/01 or later. + +%%------CONSOLEPYTHON +\defKV[envpythonconsole]{% + Largeur=\def\CSPYlargeur{#1},% + Centre=\testboolKV{#1} + {\def\hookcenterpre{\begin{center}}\def\hookcenterpost{\end{center}}} + {\def\hookcenterpre{\begin{flushleft}}\def\hookcenterpost{\end{flushleft}}},% + TaillePolice=\def\CSPYfonte{#1},% + EspacementVertical=\def\CSPYstretch{#1} +} + +\setKVdefault[envpythonconsole]{% + Largeur=\linewidth,% + Centre=true,% + Label=true,% + TaillePolice=\footnotesize,% + EspacementVertical=1 +} + +\newenvironment{ConsolePythontex}[1][] +{% + \useKVdefault[envpythonconsole]% + \setKV[envpythonconsole]{#1}% on paramètres les nouvelles clés et on les simplifie + \VerbatimEnvironment + \hookcenterpre + \begin{minipage}{\CSPYlargeur} + \ifboolKV[envpythonconsole]{Label}%si label + {\begin{pyconsole}[][% + framesep=3mm,frame=single,fontsize=\CSPYfonte,framerule=1pt,rulecolor=\color{ForestGreen},label={[\scriptsize Début de la console python]\scriptsize Fin de la console python},baselinestretch=\CSPYstretch]}% + {\begin{pyconsole}[][% + framesep=3mm,frame=single,fontsize=\CSPYfonte,framerule=1pt,rulecolor=\color{ForestGreen},baselinestretch=\CSPYstretch]} +}% +{% + \end{pyconsole} + \end{minipage} + \hookcenterpost +} + +%=========CODEPYTHONTEX=========== OK!! +\defKV[envpythonverb]{% + Largeur=\def\CODPYlargeur{#1},% + TaillePolice=\def\CODPYfonte{#1},% + EspacementVertical=\def\CODPYstretch{#1},% + Centre=\testboolKV{#1} + {\def\verbcenterpre{\begin{center}}\def\verbcenterpost{\end{center}}} + {\def\verbcenterpre{}\def\verbcenterpost{}} +} + +\setKVdefault[envpythonverb]{% + Largeur=\linewidth,% + Centre=true,% + Lignes=true,% + TaillePolice=\footnotesize,% + EspacementVertical=1 +} + +\tcbset{stylepythontex/.style={% + enhanced,boxrule=1.25pt,% + sharp corners=downhill,arc=12pt, + before skip=12pt,after skip=12pt,% + top=10pt,bottom=1mm,rightupper=4pt,%leftupper=25pt, + attach boxed title to top right={yshift=-\tcboxedtitleheight}, + boxed title style={ + size=small,colback=ForestGreen!25,boxrule=1.25pt, + colframe=Green,boxsep=1.25pt, + sharp corners=downhill, + arc=12pt, + top=2pt,bottom=1pt,left=6pt,right=6pt + }, + fonttitle=\color{ForestGreen}\itshape\ttfamily\footnotesize, + title={\scriptsize\faPython}\:Code Python\vphantom{p}, + watermark text={\faPython},watermark opacity=0.175,watermark zoom=0.50, + } +} + +\tcbset{stylepythonnolineos/.style={% + stylepythontex,leftupper=10pt, + colframe=Green,colback=ForestGreen!5,% + before upper=\renewcommand\theFancyVerbLine{\scriptsize\ttfamily\color{Gray}\arabic{FancyVerbLine}} + } +} + +\tcbset{stylepythonlineos/.style={% + stylepythontex,leftupper=25pt, + colframe=Green,colback=ForestGreen!5,% + % fontlower=\small,% + before upper=\renewcommand\theFancyVerbLine{\scriptsize\ttfamily\color{Gray}\arabic{FancyVerbLine}} + } +} + +\newtcolorbox{tcpythontexcode}[1][\linewidth]{% + width=#1,stylepythonlineos +} + +\newtcolorbox{tcpythontexcodeno}[1][\linewidth]{% + width=#1,stylepythonnolineos +} + +\newenvironment{CodePythontex}[1][] +{% + \useKVdefault[envpythonverb]% + \setKV[envpythonverb]{#1}% on paramètres les nouvelles clés et on les simplifie + \VerbatimEnvironment + \verbcenterpre + \ifboolKV[envpythonverb]{Lignes}%si lignes=true + {\begin{tcpythontexcode}[\CODPYlargeur]} + {\begin{tcpythontexcodeno}[\CODPYlargeur]} + \ifboolKV[envpythonverb]{Lignes}%si lignes=true + {\begin{pyverbatim}[][fontsize=\CODPYfonte,numbers=left,numbersep=10pt,commandchars=\\\{\},mathescape,baselinestretch=\CODPYstretch]} + {\begin{pyverbatim}[][numbers=none,numbersep=0pt,fontsize=\CODPYfonte,commandchars=\\\{\},mathescape,baselinestretch=\CODPYstretch]} +}% +{% + \end{pyverbatim} + \ifboolKV[envpythonverb]{Lignes}%si lignes=true + {\end{tcpythontexcode}} + {\end{tcpythontexcodeno}} + \verbcenterpost +} + +\endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/resolsysteme/doc/ResolSysteme-doc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/resolsysteme/doc/ResolSysteme-doc.pdf Binary files differindex 7e155db216..9e5d8c6476 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/resolsysteme/doc/ResolSysteme-doc.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/resolsysteme/doc/ResolSysteme-doc.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/resolsysteme/doc/ResolSysteme-doc.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/resolsysteme/doc/ResolSysteme-doc.tex index 143dd66394..28b9e5b397 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/resolsysteme/doc/ResolSysteme-doc.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/resolsysteme/doc/ResolSysteme-doc.tex @@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ % arara: lualatex: {shell: yes, synctex: no, interaction: batchmode} if found('log', '(undefined references|Please rerun|Rerun to get)') \documentclass[a4paper,11pt]{article} -\def\TPversion{0.1.1} -\def\TPdate{7 Février 2023} +\def\TPversion{0.1.2} +\def\TPdate{8 Février 2023} \usepackage[executable=python.exe]{pyluatex} \usepackage[table,svgnames]{xcolor} \usepackage{amsmath,amssymb} @@ -133,7 +133,11 @@ \vspace{0.25cm} -{$\blacktriangleright$~~Des commandes pour travailler sur des matrices carrées (2x2, 3x3 ou 4x4).} +{$\blacktriangleright$~~Une commande pour afficher une matrice carrée (2x2, 3x3 ou 4x4) avec la syntaxe du package.} + +\smallskip + +{$\blacktriangleright$~~Des commandes pour calculer le déterminant et l'inverse de matrices carrées (2x2, 3x3 ou 4x4).} \smallskip @@ -145,7 +149,7 @@ \begin{center} \begin{tcolorbox}[enhanced,colframe=ForestGreen,colback=lightgray!5,center,width=0.95\linewidth,drop fuzzy shadow=lightgray] - Le \textbf{déterminant} de $A=\begin{pNiceMatrix} -1&{0,5} \\ \frac12&4 \end{pNiceMatrix}$ est + Le \textbf{déterminant} de $A=\begin{pNiceMatrix} -1&\frac12 \\ \frac12&4 \end{pNiceMatrix}$ est $\det(A)=\DetMatrice[dec](-1,0.5 § 1/2,4)$. \medskip @@ -162,7 +166,7 @@ %\hfill{}\textit{Merci aux membres du groupe \faFacebook{} du \og Coin \LaTeX{} \fg{} pour leur aide et leurs idées !} -%\hfill{}\textit{Merci à Denis Bitouzé et à Patrick Bideault pour leurs retours et idées !} +\hfill{}\textit{Merci à Denis Bitouzé pour leurs retours et idées !} \vfill @@ -336,12 +340,65 @@ Les \textit{transformations} en fraction devraient pouvoir fonctionner avec des \pagebreak +\section{Affichage d'une matrice} + +\subsection{La commande} + +\begin{cautionblock} +La première commande (matricielle) est dédiée à l'affichage d'une matrice \textbf{2x2} ou \textbf{3x3} ou \textbf{4x4} : + +\begin{itemize} + \item en saisissant les coefficients via une syntaxe propre au package (l'affichage est géré en interne par \textsf{nicematrix}) ; + \item en caclulant et convertissant éventuellement les coefficients sous forme de fraction (grâce à la commande précédente !). +\end{itemize} +\vspace*{-\baselineskip}\leavevmode +\end{cautionblock} + +\begin{PresentationCode}{listing only} +%commande disponible avec les deux versions, pyluatex ou non +\AffMatrice(*)[option de formatage](matrice) +\end{PresentationCode} + +\subsection{Utilisation} + +\begin{tipblock} +Concernant cette commande, qui est à insérer dans un environnement \textit{math} : + +\begin{itemize} + \item la version \textit{étoilée} force l'écriture du signe \og $-$ \fg{} avant l'éventuelle fraction ; + \item le premier argument, \textit{optionnel} et entre \textsf{[...]} permet de spécifier un formatage du résultat : + \begin{itemize} + \item \Cle{t} pour l'affichage de la fraction en mode \textsf{tfrac} ; + \item \Cle{d} pour l'affichage de la fraction en mode \textsf{dfrac} ; + \item \Cle{n} pour l'affichage de la fraction en mode \textsf{nicefrac} ; + \item \Cle{dec} pour l'affichage du résultat en mode \texttt{décimal} (sans arrondi !) ; + \item \Cle{dec=k} pour l'affichage du résultat en mode \texttt{décimal} arrondi à $10^{-k}$ ; + \end{itemize} + \item le deuxième argument, \textit{optionnel} et entre \textsf{<...>} correspond aux \Cle{options} à passer à l'environnement \texttt{pNiceMatrix} ; + \item le troisième argument, \textit{obligatoire} et entre \textsf{(...)}, est quant à lui, la matrice donnée par ses coefficients \textsf{a11,a12,... § a21,a22,...} (syntaxe héritée de \texttt{sympy}). +\end{itemize} +\vspace*{-\baselineskip}\leavevmode +\end{tipblock} + +\begin{PresentationCode}{} +On considère les matrices $A=\AffMatrice(1,2 § 3,4)$ +et $B=\AffMatrice[n](-1,1/3,4 § 1/3,4,-1 § -1,0,0)$ +et $C=\AffMatrice(1,2,3,4 § 5,6,7,0 § 1,1,1,1 § 2,-3,-5,-6)$. +\end{PresentationCode} + +\begin{PresentationCode}{} +On considère la matrice +$M=\AffMatrice*[d]<cell-space-limits=2pt>(1+1/4,0,3+4/5 § 0,1,-5/3 § 1/2,0.45,6/7)$. +\end{PresentationCode} + +\pagebreak + \section{Calcul de déterminant} \subsection{Introduction} \begin{cautionblock} -La première commande (matricielle) disponible est pour calculer le déterminant d'une matrice : +La deuxième commande (matricielle) disponible est pour calculer le déterminant d'une matrice : \begin{itemize} \item \textbf{2x2} ou \textbf{3x3} pour le package \textit{classique} ; @@ -380,35 +437,35 @@ Concernant cette commande, qui est à insérer dans un environnement \textit{mat \begin{PresentationCode}{} %version classique -Le dét. de $A=\begin{pNiceMatrix}1&2\\3&4\end{pNiceMatrix}$ est +Le dét. de $A=\AffMatrice(1,2 § 3,4)$ est $\det(A)=\DetMatrice(1,2 § 3,4)$. \end{PresentationCode} \begin{PresentationCode}{} %version classique -Le dét. de $A=\begin{pNiceMatrix}-1&{0,5}\\\frac12&4\end{pNiceMatrix}$ est +Le dét. de $A=\AffMatrice[dec](-1,0.5 § 1/2,4)$ est $\det(A)=\DetMatrice[dec](-1,0.5 § 1/2,4)$. \end{PresentationCode} \begin{PresentationCode}{} %version classique -Le dét. de $A=\begin{pNiceMatrix}-1&\frac13&4\\\frac13&4&-1\\-1&0&0\end{pNiceMatrix}$ est +Le dét. de $A=\AffMatrice*[t](-1,1/3,4 § 1/3,4,-1 § -1,0,0)$ est $\det(A) \approx \DetMatrice[dec=3](-1,1/3,4 § 1/3,4,-1 § -1,0,0)$. \end{PresentationCode} \begin{PresentationCode}{} %version python -Le dé. de $A=\begin{pNiceMatrix}1&2\\3&4\end{pNiceMatrix}$ est +Le dé. de $A=\AffMatrice(1,2 § 3,4)$ est $\det(A)=\DetMatricePY(1,2 § 3,4)$. \end{PresentationCode} \begin{PresentationCode}{} -Le dét. de $A=\begin{pNiceMatrix}-1&{0,5}\\\frac12&4\end{pNiceMatrix}$ est +Le dét. de $A=\AffMatrice[dec](-1,0.5 § 1/2,4)$ est $\det(A)=\DetMatricePY*[d](-1,0.5 § 1/2,4)$.\end{PresentationCode} \begin{PresentationCode}{} %version python -Le dét. de $A=\begin{pNiceMatrix}-1&\frac13&4\\\frac13&4&-1\\-1&0&0\end{pNiceMatrix}$ est +Le dét. de $A=\AffMatrice(-1,1/3,4 § 1/3,4,-1 § -1,0,0)$ est $\det(A) \approx \DetMatricePY[dec=3](-1,1/3,4 § 1/3,4,-1 § -1,0,0)$. \end{PresentationCode} @@ -417,7 +474,7 @@ $\det(A) \approx \DetMatricePY[dec=3](-1,1/3,4 § 1/3,4,-1 § -1,0,0)$. \subsection{Introduction} \begin{cautionblock} -La deuxième commande (matricielle) disponible est pour calculer l'éventuelle inverse d'une matrice : +La troisième commande (matricielle) disponible est pour calculer l'éventuelle inverse d'une matrice : \begin{itemize} \item \textbf{2x2} ou \textbf{3x3} pour le package \textit{classique} ; @@ -457,25 +514,25 @@ Concernant cette commande, qui est à insérer dans un environnement \textit{mat \begin{PresentationCode}{} %version classique -L'inverse de $A=\begin{pNiceMatrix}1&2\\3&4\end{pNiceMatrix}$ est +L'inverse de $A=\AffMatrice(1,2 § 3,4)$ est $A^{-1}=\MatriceInverse<cell-space-limits=2pt>(1,2 § 3,4)$. \end{PresentationCode} \begin{PresentationCode}{} %version classique -L'inverse de $A=\begin{pNiceMatrix}1&2&3\\4&5&6\\7&8&8\end{pNiceMatrix}$ est +L'inverse de $A=\AffMatrice(1,2,3 § 4,5,6 § 7,8,8)$ est $A^{-1}=\MatriceInverse[n]<cell-space-limits=2pt>(1,2,3 § 4,5,6 § 7,8,8)$. \end{PresentationCode} \begin{PresentationCode}{} %version python -L'inverse de $A=\begin{pNiceMatrix}1&2\\3&4\end{pNiceMatrix}$ est +L'inverse de $A=\AffMatrice(1,2 § 3,4)$ est $A^{-1}=\MatriceInversePY*[d]<cell-space-limits=2pt>(1,2 § 3,4)$. \end{PresentationCode} \begin{PresentationCode}{} %version python -L'inv. de $A=\begin{pNiceMatrix}1&2&3&4\\5&6&7&0\\1&1&1&1\\-2&-3&-5&-6\end{pNiceMatrix}$ est +L'inv. de $A=\AffMatrice(1,2,3,4 § 5,6,7,0 § 1,1,1,1 § -2,-3,-5,-6)$ est $A^{-1}= \MatriceInversePY*[n]<cell-space-limits=2pt>(1,2,3,4 § 5,6,7,0 § 1,1,1,1 § -2,-3,-5,-6)$. \end{PresentationCode} @@ -619,6 +676,8 @@ def inverse_matrice_TT(a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i) : \part{Historique} +\verb|v0.1.2|~:~~~~Ajout d'une commande d'affichage (formaté) d'une matrice 2x2, 3x3 ou 4x4 + \verb|v0.1.1|~:~~~~Correction d'un bug avec le caractère \og ; \fg{} \verb|v0.1.0|~:~~~~Version initiale diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/resolsysteme/doc/ResolSysteme-exemples-pyluatex.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/resolsysteme/doc/ResolSysteme-exemples-pyluatex.pdf Binary files differindex 3275b5262e..2f1f0191c2 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/resolsysteme/doc/ResolSysteme-exemples-pyluatex.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/resolsysteme/doc/ResolSysteme-exemples-pyluatex.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/resolsysteme/doc/ResolSysteme-exemples-pyluatex.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/resolsysteme/doc/ResolSysteme-exemples-pyluatex.tex index c6439a053c..7d891b08a5 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/resolsysteme/doc/ResolSysteme-exemples-pyluatex.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/resolsysteme/doc/ResolSysteme-exemples-pyluatex.tex @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ % !TeX TXS-program:compile = txs:///lualatex/[--shell-escape] \documentclass[french,a4paper,10pt]{article} +\def\RSver{0.1.2} \usepackage[margin=1.5cm]{geometry} \usepackage[executable=python.exe]{pyluatex} \usepackage[pyluatex]{ResolSysteme} @@ -12,7 +13,7 @@ \begin{document} -\part*{Version \og pyluatex \fg} +\part*{ResolSysteme (\RSver), version \og pyluatex \fg{}} \section{Préambule, avec le package pyluatex} @@ -25,6 +26,14 @@ \sisetup{locale=FR,output-decimal-marker={,}} \end{ShowCodeTeX} +\section{Affichage d'une matrice, 2x2 ou 3x3 ou 4x4} + +\begin{ShowCodeTeX} +On considère les matrices $A=\AffMatrice(1,2 § 3,4)$ +et $B=\AffMatrice*[n](-1,1/3,4 § 1/3,4,-1 § -1,0,0)$ +et $C=\AffMatrice(1,2,3,4 § 5,6,7,0 § 1,1,1,1 § 2,-3,-5,-6)$. +\end{ShowCodeTeX} + \section{Inverse d'une matrice, 2x2 ou 3x3 ou 4x4} \begin{ShowCodeTeX} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/resolsysteme/doc/ResolSysteme-exemples.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/resolsysteme/doc/ResolSysteme-exemples.pdf Binary files differindex 2afa0bbc42..7a2d7f4576 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/resolsysteme/doc/ResolSysteme-exemples.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/resolsysteme/doc/ResolSysteme-exemples.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/resolsysteme/doc/ResolSysteme-exemples.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/resolsysteme/doc/ResolSysteme-exemples.tex index f9daeb9826..2bf3f3b252 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/resolsysteme/doc/ResolSysteme-exemples.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/resolsysteme/doc/ResolSysteme-exemples.tex @@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ % !TeX TXS-program:compile = txs:///pdflatex \documentclass[french,a4paper,10pt]{article} +\def\RSver{0.1.2} \usepackage[margin=1.5cm]{geometry} \usepackage{ResolSysteme} \usepackage{systeme} @@ -12,7 +13,7 @@ \begin{document} -\part*{Version \og classique \fg{} avec xint} +\part*{ResolSysteme (\RSver), version \og classique \fg{}} \section{Préambule sans utiliser python} @@ -24,15 +25,23 @@ \sisetup{locale=FR,output-decimal-marker={,}} \end{ShowCodeTeX} +\section{Affichage d'une matrice, 2x2 ou 3x3 ou 4x4} + +\begin{ShowCodeTeX} +On considère les matrices $A=\AffMatrice(1,2 § 3,4)$ +et $B=\AffMatrice*[n](-1,1/3,4 § 1/3,4,-1 § -1,0,0)$ +et $C=\AffMatrice(1,2,3,4 § 5,6,7,0 § 1,1,1,1 § 2,-3,-5,-6)$. +\end{ShowCodeTeX} + \section{Déterminant d'une matrice, 2x2 ou 3x3} \begin{ShowCodeTeX} -Le déterminant de $A=\begin{pNiceMatrix} 1&2 \\ 3&4 \end{pNiceMatrix}$ est +Le déterminant de $A=\AffMatrice(1,2 § 3,4)$ est $\det(A)=\DetMatrice(1,2 § 3,4)$. \end{ShowCodeTeX} \begin{ShowCodeTeX} -Le déterminant de $A=\begin{pNiceMatrix} -1&{0,5} \\ \frac12&4 \end{pNiceMatrix}$ est +Le déterminant de $A=\AffMatrice*(-1,0.5 § 1/2,4)$ est $\det(A)=\DetMatrice[dec](-1,0.5 § 1/2,4)$. \end{ShowCodeTeX} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/resolsysteme/tex/ResolSysteme.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/resolsysteme/tex/ResolSysteme.sty index 338e8b3d3c..930cfd33e9 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/resolsysteme/tex/ResolSysteme.sty +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/resolsysteme/tex/ResolSysteme.sty @@ -2,7 +2,8 @@ % licence........: Released under the LaTeX Project Public License v1.3c or later, see http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txtf \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{ResolSysteme}[2023/02/07 v0.1.1 Travailler sur un systeme lineaire avec xint ou pyluatex] +\ProvidesPackage{ResolSysteme}[2023/02/08 v0.1.2 Travailler sur un systeme lineaire avec xint ou pyluatex] +% 0.1.2 Ajout pour afficher une matrice, à l'aide d'une syntaxe similaire aux autres commandes % 0.1.1 Correction d'un bug avec le séparateur ";" % 0.1.0 Version initiale @@ -147,6 +148,148 @@ def inverse_matrice_TT(a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i) : }% } +%------Affichage d'une matrice classique, 2x2 ou 3x3 ou 4x4 +\NewDocumentCommand\AffMatrice{ s O{} D<>{} r() }{% + %*=fractions avec - devant + %2=options conversion + %3=options nicematrix + %4=matrice (,,;,,) + %--------------------- + %lectures des matrices + \setsepchar{§/,}% + \readlist*\MAMATRICEA{#4}% + %les coeffs de A et le déterminant et les coeff de l'inverse + \ifnum \MAMATRICEAlen=3 + \itemtomacro\MAMATRICEA[1,1]\MatA + \itemtomacro\MAMATRICEA[1,2]\MatB + \itemtomacro\MAMATRICEA[1,3]\MatC + \itemtomacro\MAMATRICEA[2,1]\MatD + \itemtomacro\MAMATRICEA[2,2]\MatE + \itemtomacro\MAMATRICEA[2,3]\MatF + \itemtomacro\MAMATRICEA[3,1]\MatG + \itemtomacro\MAMATRICEA[3,2]\MatH + \itemtomacro\MAMATRICEA[3,3]\MatI + %les conversions + \IfBooleanTF{#1}% + {% + \def\MatAffA{\ConvVersFrac*[#2]{\MatA}}% + \def\MatAffB{\ConvVersFrac*[#2]{\MatB}}% + \def\MatAffC{\ConvVersFrac*[#2]{\MatC}}% + \def\MatAffD{\ConvVersFrac*[#2]{\MatD}}% + \def\MatAffE{\ConvVersFrac*[#2]{\MatE}}% + \def\MatAffF{\ConvVersFrac*[#2]{\MatF}}% + \def\MatAffG{\ConvVersFrac*[#2]{\MatG}}% + \def\MatAffH{\ConvVersFrac*[#2]{\MatH}}% + \def\MatAffI{\ConvVersFrac*[#2]{\MatI}}% + }% + {% + \def\MatAffA{\ConvVersFrac[#2]{\MatA}}% + \def\MatAffB{\ConvVersFrac[#2]{\MatB}}% + \def\MatAffC{\ConvVersFrac[#2]{\MatC}}% + \def\MatAffD{\ConvVersFrac[#2]{\MatD}}% + \def\MatAffE{\ConvVersFrac[#2]{\MatE}}% + \def\MatAffF{\ConvVersFrac[#2]{\MatF}}% + \def\MatAffG{\ConvVersFrac[#2]{\MatG}}% + \def\MatAffH{\ConvVersFrac[#2]{\MatH}}% + \def\MatAffI{\ConvVersFrac[#2]{\MatI}}% + }% + %l'affichage + \begin{pNiceMatrix}[#3] + {\MatAffA}&{\MatAffB}&{\MatAffC} \\ + {\MatAffD}&{\MatAffE}&{\MatAffF} \\ + {\MatAffG}&{\MatAffH}&{\MatAffI} + \end{pNiceMatrix}% + \fi + \ifnum \MAMATRICEAlen=2 + \itemtomacro\MAMATRICEA[1,1]\MatA + \itemtomacro\MAMATRICEA[1,2]\MatB + \itemtomacro\MAMATRICEA[2,1]\MatC + \itemtomacro\MAMATRICEA[2,2]\MatD + %les conversions + \IfBooleanTF{#1}% + {% + \def\MatAffA{\ConvVersFrac*[#2]{\MatA}}% + \def\MatAffB{\ConvVersFrac*[#2]{\MatB}}% + \def\MatAffC{\ConvVersFrac*[#2]{\MatC}}% + \def\MatAffD{\ConvVersFrac*[#2]{\MatD}}% + }% + {% + \def\MatAffA{\ConvVersFrac[#2]{\MatA}}% + \def\MatAffB{\ConvVersFrac[#2]{\MatB}}% + \def\MatAffC{\ConvVersFrac[#2]{\MatC}}% + \def\MatAffD{\ConvVersFrac[#2]{\MatD}}% + }% + %l'affichage + \begin{pNiceMatrix}[#3] + {\MatAffA}&{\MatAffB} \\ + {\MatAffC}&{\MatAffD} + \end{pNiceMatrix}% + \fi + \ifnum \MAMATRICEAlen=4 + \itemtomacro\MAMATRICEA[1,1]\MatA + \itemtomacro\MAMATRICEA[1,2]\MatB + \itemtomacro\MAMATRICEA[1,3]\MatC + \itemtomacro\MAMATRICEA[1,4]\MatD + \itemtomacro\MAMATRICEA[2,1]\MatE + \itemtomacro\MAMATRICEA[2,2]\MatF + \itemtomacro\MAMATRICEA[2,3]\MatG + \itemtomacro\MAMATRICEA[2,4]\MatH + \itemtomacro\MAMATRICEA[3,1]\MatI + \itemtomacro\MAMATRICEA[3,2]\MatJ + \itemtomacro\MAMATRICEA[3,3]\MatK + \itemtomacro\MAMATRICEA[3,4]\MatL + \itemtomacro\MAMATRICEA[4,1]\MatM + \itemtomacro\MAMATRICEA[4,2]\MatN + \itemtomacro\MAMATRICEA[4,3]\MatO + \itemtomacro\MAMATRICEA[4,4]\MatP + %les conversions + \IfBooleanTF{#1}% + {% + \def\MatAffA{\ConvVersFrac*[#2]{\MatA}}% + \def\MatAffB{\ConvVersFrac*[#2]{\MatB}}% + \def\MatAffC{\ConvVersFrac*[#2]{\MatC}}% + \def\MatAffD{\ConvVersFrac*[#2]{\MatD}}% + \def\MatAffE{\ConvVersFrac*[#2]{\MatE}}% + \def\MatAffF{\ConvVersFrac*[#2]{\MatF}}% + \def\MatAffG{\ConvVersFrac*[#2]{\MatG}}% + \def\MatAffH{\ConvVersFrac*[#2]{\MatH}}% + \def\MatAffI{\ConvVersFrac*[#2]{\MatI}}% + \def\MatAffJ{\ConvVersFrac*[#2]{\MatJ}}% + \def\MatAffK{\ConvVersFrac*[#2]{\MatK}}% + \def\MatAffL{\ConvVersFrac*[#2]{\MatL}}% + \def\MatAffM{\ConvVersFrac*[#2]{\MatM}}% + \def\MatAffN{\ConvVersFrac*[#2]{\MatN}}% + \def\MatAffO{\ConvVersFrac*[#2]{\MatO}}% + \def\MatAffP{\ConvVersFrac*[#2]{\MatP}}% + }% + {% + \def\MatAffA{\ConvVersFrac[#2]{\MatA}}% + \def\MatAffB{\ConvVersFrac[#2]{\MatB}}% + \def\MatAffC{\ConvVersFrac[#2]{\MatC}}% + \def\MatAffD{\ConvVersFrac[#2]{\MatD}}% + \def\MatAffE{\ConvVersFrac[#2]{\MatE}}% + \def\MatAffF{\ConvVersFrac[#2]{\MatF}}% + \def\MatAffG{\ConvVersFrac[#2]{\MatG}}% + \def\MatAffH{\ConvVersFrac[#2]{\MatH}}% + \def\MatAffI{\ConvVersFrac[#2]{\MatI}}% + \def\MatAffJ{\ConvVersFrac[#2]{\MatJ}}% + \def\MatAffK{\ConvVersFrac[#2]{\MatK}}% + \def\MatAffL{\ConvVersFrac[#2]{\MatL}}% + \def\MatAffM{\ConvVersFrac[#2]{\MatM}}% + \def\MatAffN{\ConvVersFrac[#2]{\MatN}}% + \def\MatAffO{\ConvVersFrac[#2]{\MatO}}% + \def\MatAffP{\ConvVersFrac[#2]{\MatP}}% + }% + %l'affichage + \begin{pNiceMatrix}[#3] + {\MatAffA} & {\MatAffB} & {\MatAffC} & {\MatAffD} \\ + {\MatAffE} & {\MatAffF} & {\MatAffG} & {\MatAffH} \\ + {\MatAffI} & {\MatAffJ} & {\MatAffK} & {\MatAffL} \\ + {\MatAffM} & {\MatAffN} & {\MatAffO} & {\MatAffP} \\ + \end{pNiceMatrix}% + \fi +} + %------Commande classique, 2x2 ou 3x3 \NewDocumentCommand\MatriceInverse{ s O{} D<>{} r() }{% %*=fractions avec - devant diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/uol-physics-report/LICENSE b/macros/latex/contrib/uol-physics-report/LICENSE deleted file mode 100644 index 2244313901..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/uol-physics-report/LICENSE +++ /dev/null @@ -1,416 +0,0 @@ -The LaTeX Project Public License -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- - -LPPL Version 1.3c 2008-05-04 - -Copyright 1999 2002-2008 LaTeX3 Project - Everyone is allowed to distribute verbatim copies of this - license document, but modification of it is not allowed. - - -PREAMBLE -======== - -The LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) is the primary license under -which the LaTeX kernel and the base LaTeX packages are distributed. - -You may use this license for any work of which you hold the copyright -and which you wish to distribute. This license may be particularly -suitable if your work is TeX-related (such as a LaTeX package), but -it is written in such a way that you can use it even if your work is -unrelated to TeX. - -The section `WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE WORKS UNDER THIS LICENSE', -below, gives instructions, examples, and recommendations for authors -who are considering distributing their works under this license. - -This license gives conditions under which a work may be distributed -and modified, as well as conditions under which modified versions of -that work may be distributed. - -We, the LaTeX3 Project, believe that the conditions below give you -the freedom to make and distribute modified versions of your work -that conform with whatever technical specifications you wish while -maintaining the availability, integrity, and reliability of -that work. If you do not see how to achieve your goal while -meeting these conditions, then read the document `cfgguide.tex' -and `modguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution for suggestions. - - -DEFINITIONS -=========== - -In this license document the following terms are used: - - `Work' - Any work being distributed under this License. - - `Derived Work' - Any work that under any applicable law is derived from the Work. - - `Modification' - Any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any applicable - law -- for example, the production of a file containing an - original file associated with the Work or a significant portion of - such a file, either verbatim or with modifications and/or - translated into another language. - - `Modify' - To apply any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any - applicable law. - - `Distribution' - Making copies of the Work available from one person to another, in - whole or in part. Distribution includes (but is not limited to) - making any electronic components of the Work accessible by - file transfer protocols such as FTP or HTTP or by shared file - systems such as Sun's Network File System (NFS). - - `Compiled Work' - A version of the Work that has been processed into a form where it - is directly usable on a computer system. This processing may - include using installation facilities provided by the Work, - transformations of the Work, copying of components of the Work, or - other activities. Note that modification of any installation - facilities provided by the Work constitutes modification of the Work. - - `Current Maintainer' - A person or persons nominated as such within the Work. If there is - no such explicit nomination then it is the `Copyright Holder' under - any applicable law. - - `Base Interpreter' - A program or process that is normally needed for running or - interpreting a part or the whole of the Work. - - A Base Interpreter may depend on external components but these - are not considered part of the Base Interpreter provided that each - external component clearly identifies itself whenever it is used - interactively. Unless explicitly specified when applying the - license to the Work, the only applicable Base Interpreter is a - `LaTeX-Format' or in the case of files belonging to the - `LaTeX-format' a program implementing the `TeX language'. - - - -CONDITIONS ON DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION -=========================================== - -1. Activities other than distribution and/or modification of the Work -are not covered by this license; they are outside its scope. In -particular, the act of running the Work is not restricted and no -requirements are made concerning any offers of support for the Work. - -2. You may distribute a complete, unmodified copy of the Work as you -received it. Distribution of only part of the Work is considered -modification of the Work, and no right to distribute such a Derived -Work may be assumed under the terms of this clause. - -3. You may distribute a Compiled Work that has been generated from a -complete, unmodified copy of the Work as distributed under Clause 2 -above, as long as that Compiled Work is distributed in such a way that -the recipients may install the Compiled Work on their system exactly -as it would have been installed if they generated a Compiled Work -directly from the Work. - -4. If you are the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may, without -restriction, modify the Work, thus creating a Derived Work. You may -also distribute the Derived Work without restriction, including -Compiled Works generated from the Derived Work. Derived Works -distributed in this manner by the Current Maintainer are considered to -be updated versions of the Work. - -5. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may modify -your copy of the Work, thus creating a Derived Work based on the Work, -and compile this Derived Work, thus creating a Compiled Work based on -the Derived Work. - -6. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may -distribute a Derived Work provided the following conditions are met -for every component of the Work unless that component clearly states -in the copyright notice that it is exempt from that condition. Only -the Current Maintainer is allowed to add such statements of exemption -to a component of the Work. - - a. If a component of this Derived Work can be a direct replacement - for a component of the Work when that component is used with the - Base Interpreter, then, wherever this component of the Work - identifies itself to the user when used interactively with that - Base Interpreter, the replacement component of this Derived Work - clearly and unambiguously identifies itself as a modified version - of this component to the user when used interactively with that - Base Interpreter. - - b. Every component of the Derived Work contains prominent notices - detailing the nature of the changes to that component, or a - prominent reference to another file that is distributed as part - of the Derived Work and that contains a complete and accurate log - of the changes. - - c. No information in the Derived Work implies that any persons, - including (but not limited to) the authors of the original version - of the Work, provide any support, including (but not limited to) - the reporting and handling of errors, to recipients of the - Derived Work unless those persons have stated explicitly that - they do provide such support for the Derived Work. - - d. You distribute at least one of the following with the Derived Work: - - 1. A complete, unmodified copy of the Work; - if your distribution of a modified component is made by - offering access to copy the modified component from a - designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy - the Work from the same or some similar place meets this - condition, even though third parties are not compelled to - copy the Work along with the modified component; - - 2. Information that is sufficient to obtain a complete, - unmodified copy of the Work. - -7. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may -distribute a Compiled Work generated from a Derived Work, as long as -the Derived Work is distributed to all recipients of the Compiled -Work, and as long as the conditions of Clause 6, above, are met with -regard to the Derived Work. - -8. The conditions above are not intended to prohibit, and hence do not -apply to, the modification, by any method, of any component so that it -becomes identical to an updated version of that component of the Work as -it is distributed by the Current Maintainer under Clause 4, above. - -9. Distribution of the Work or any Derived Work in an alternative -format, where the Work or that Derived Work (in whole or in part) is -then produced by applying some process to that format, does not relax or -nullify any sections of this license as they pertain to the results of -applying that process. - -10. a. A Derived Work may be distributed under a different license - provided that license itself honors the conditions listed in - Clause 6 above, in regard to the Work, though it does not have - to honor the rest of the conditions in this license. - - b. If a Derived Work is distributed under a different license, that - Derived Work must provide sufficient documentation as part of - itself to allow each recipient of that Derived Work to honor the - restrictions in Clause 6 above, concerning changes from the Work. - -11. This license places no restrictions on works that are unrelated to -the Work, nor does this license place any restrictions on aggregating -such works with the Work by any means. - -12. Nothing in this license is intended to, or may be used to, prevent -complete compliance by all parties with all applicable laws. - - -NO WARRANTY -=========== - -There is no warranty for the Work. Except when otherwise stated in -writing, the Copyright Holder provides the Work `as is', without -warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied, including, but not -limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a -particular purpose. The entire risk as to the quality and performance -of the Work is with you. Should the Work prove defective, you assume -the cost of all necessary servicing, repair, or correction. - -In no event unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing -will The Copyright Holder, or any author named in the components of the -Work, or any other party who may distribute and/or modify the Work as -permitted above, be liable to you for damages, including any general, -special, incidental or consequential damages arising out of any use of -the Work or out of inability to use the Work (including, but not limited -to, loss of data, data being rendered inaccurate, or losses sustained by -anyone as a result of any failure of the Work to operate with any other -programs), even if the Copyright Holder or said author or said other -party has been advised of the possibility of such damages. - - -MAINTENANCE OF THE WORK -======================= - -The Work has the status `author-maintained' if the Copyright Holder -explicitly and prominently states near the primary copyright notice in -the Work that the Work can only be maintained by the Copyright Holder -or simply that it is `author-maintained'. - -The Work has the status `maintained' if there is a Current Maintainer -who has indicated in the Work that they are willing to receive error -reports for the Work (for example, by supplying a valid e-mail -address). It is not required for the Current Maintainer to acknowledge -or act upon these error reports. - -The Work changes from status `maintained' to `unmaintained' if there -is no Current Maintainer, or the person stated to be Current -Maintainer of the work cannot be reached through the indicated means -of communication for a period of six months, and there are no other -significant signs of active maintenance. - -You can become the Current Maintainer of the Work by agreement with -any existing Current Maintainer to take over this role. - -If the Work is unmaintained, you can become the Current Maintainer of -the Work through the following steps: - - 1. Make a reasonable attempt to trace the Current Maintainer (and - the Copyright Holder, if the two differ) through the means of - an Internet or similar search. - - 2. If this search is successful, then enquire whether the Work - is still maintained. - - a. If it is being maintained, then ask the Current Maintainer - to update their communication data within one month. - - b. If the search is unsuccessful or no action to resume active - maintenance is taken by the Current Maintainer, then announce - within the pertinent community your intention to take over - maintenance. (If the Work is a LaTeX work, this could be - done, for example, by posting to comp.text.tex.) - - 3a. If the Current Maintainer is reachable and agrees to pass - maintenance of the Work to you, then this takes effect - immediately upon announcement. - - b. If the Current Maintainer is not reachable and the Copyright - Holder agrees that maintenance of the Work be passed to you, - then this takes effect immediately upon announcement. - - 4. If you make an `intention announcement' as described in 2b. above - and after three months your intention is challenged neither by - the Current Maintainer nor by the Copyright Holder nor by other - people, then you may arrange for the Work to be changed so as - to name you as the (new) Current Maintainer. - - 5. If the previously unreachable Current Maintainer becomes - reachable once more within three months of a change completed - under the terms of 3b) or 4), then that Current Maintainer must - become or remain the Current Maintainer upon request provided - they then update their communication data within one month. - -A change in the Current Maintainer does not, of itself, alter the fact -that the Work is distributed under the LPPL license. - -If you become the Current Maintainer of the Work, you should -immediately provide, within the Work, a prominent and unambiguous -statement of your status as Current Maintainer. You should also -announce your new status to the same pertinent community as -in 2b) above. - - -WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE WORKS UNDER THIS LICENSE -====================================================== - -This section contains important instructions, examples, and -recommendations for authors who are considering distributing their -works under this license. These authors are addressed as `you' in -this section. - -Choosing This License or Another License ----------------------------------------- - -If for any part of your work you want or need to use *distribution* -conditions that differ significantly from those in this license, then -do not refer to this license anywhere in your work but, instead, -distribute your work under a different license. You may use the text -of this license as a model for your own license, but your license -should not refer to the LPPL or otherwise give the impression that -your work is distributed under the LPPL. - -The document `modguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution explains -the motivation behind the conditions of this license. It explains, -for example, why distributing LaTeX under the GNU General Public -License (GPL) was considered inappropriate. Even if your work is -unrelated to LaTeX, the discussion in `modguide.tex' may still be -relevant, and authors intending to distribute their works under any -license are encouraged to read it. - -A Recommendation on Modification Without Distribution ------------------------------------------------------ - -It is wise never to modify a component of the Work, even for your own -personal use, without also meeting the above conditions for -distributing the modified component. While you might intend that such -modifications will never be distributed, often this will happen by -accident -- you may forget that you have modified that component; or -it may not occur to you when allowing others to access the modified -version that you are thus distributing it and violating the conditions -of this license in ways that could have legal implications and, worse, -cause problems for the community. It is therefore usually in your -best interest to keep your copy of the Work identical with the public -one. Many works provide ways to control the behavior of that work -without altering any of its licensed components. - -How to Use This License ------------------------ - -To use this license, place in each of the components of your work both -an explicit copyright notice including your name and the year the work -was authored and/or last substantially modified. Include also a -statement that the distribution and/or modification of that -component is constrained by the conditions in this license. - -Here is an example of such a notice and statement: - - %% pig.dtx - %% Copyright 2005 M. Y. Name - % - % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the - % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 - % of this license or (at your option) any later version. - % The latest version of this license is in - % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt - % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX - % version 2005/12/01 or later. - % - % This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'. - % - % The Current Maintainer of this work is M. Y. Name. - % - % This work consists of the files pig.dtx and pig.ins - % and the derived file pig.sty. - -Given such a notice and statement in a file, the conditions -given in this license document would apply, with the `Work' referring -to the three files `pig.dtx', `pig.ins', and `pig.sty' (the last being -generated from `pig.dtx' using `pig.ins'), the `Base Interpreter' -referring to any `LaTeX-Format', and both `Copyright Holder' and -`Current Maintainer' referring to the person `M. Y. Name'. - -If you do not want the Maintenance section of LPPL to apply to your -Work, change `maintained' above into `author-maintained'. -However, we recommend that you use `maintained', as the Maintenance -section was added in order to ensure that your Work remains useful to -the community even when you can no longer maintain and support it -yourself. - -Derived Works That Are Not Replacements ---------------------------------------- - -Several clauses of the LPPL specify means to provide reliability and -stability for the user community. They therefore concern themselves -with the case that a Derived Work is intended to be used as a -(compatible or incompatible) replacement of the original Work. If -this is not the case (e.g., if a few lines of code are reused for a -completely different task), then clauses 6b and 6d shall not apply. - - -Important Recommendations -------------------------- - - Defining What Constitutes the Work - - The LPPL requires that distributions of the Work contain all the - files of the Work. It is therefore important that you provide a - way for the licensee to determine which files constitute the Work. - This could, for example, be achieved by explicitly listing all the - files of the Work near the copyright notice of each file or by - using a line such as: - - % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. - - in that place. In the absence of an unequivocal list it might be - impossible for the licensee to determine what is considered by you - to comprise the Work and, in such a case, the licensee would be - entitled to make reasonable conjectures as to which files comprise - the Work. - diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/uol-physics-report/uol-physics-report.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/uol-physics-report/uol-physics-report.dtx index 3f6e3c7557..99477a53db 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/uol-physics-report/uol-physics-report.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/uol-physics-report/uol-physics-report.dtx @@ -21,13 +21,13 @@ %<class>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} %<class>\ProvidesClass{uol-physics-report} %<*class> -[2023/01/27 v1.0 A class providing special environments and commands for writing reports for laboratory courses realized by the Institute of Physics] +[2023/02/01 v1.1 A class providing special environments and commands for writing reports for laboratory courses realized by the Institute of Physics] %</class> % % Used Packages and base class %<class>\LoadClass[a4paper,12pt,leqno]{article} %<class>\RequirePackage{babel} -%<class>\RequirePackage[left=1.75cm,right=1.75cm,top=1.75cm,bottom=2cm,footskip=15pt]{geometry} +%<class>\RequirePackage[left=1.25cm, right=1.25cm, top=1.75cm, bottom=1.5cm, footskip=15pt, head=28pt, headsep=0.25cm]{geometry} %<class>\RequirePackage{amsmath,amssymb,amsfonts,amsthm} %<class>\RequirePackage{mathtools} %<class>\RequirePackage{fancyhdr} @@ -55,10 +55,12 @@ %<class>\RequirePackage[compact]{titlesec} % set the page style to fancy to display headers %<class>\pagestyle{fancy} -% set the head height to 24pt to display the content correctly +% set the head height to 27.5pt to display the content correctly %<class>\setlength{\headheight}{27.5pt} % set up the siunitx package to correctly display numbers and uncertainites %<class>\sisetup{group-digits=none, table-alignment=center, locale=DE, uncertainty-mode=separate, output-open-uncertainty = [, output-close-uncertainty = ]} +% set the content table depth to display subsubsections +%<class>\setcounter{tocdepth}{3} % set up the page header %<class>\fancyhead[L]{\small\multido{\iP=1+1}{\value{partnerCounter}}{\arrayx{PartnerLastNames}(\iP)\ifnumcomp{\iP}{<}{\value{partnerCounter}}{, }{}}} %<class>\fancyhead[C]{\small\@title \\ \@moduleNumber \ -- \@moduleName} @@ -96,7 +98,8 @@ % \CheckSum{0} % % -% \changes{v0.1}{2022/12/13}{Initial version} +% \changes{v1.0}{2022/12/13}{Initial version} +% \changes{v1.1}{2023/02/01}{Updated page geometry to create more space in accordance to the guidelines, Fixed erorr in commands create the titlepage} % % \GetFileInfo{uol-physics-report.dtx} % @@ -120,7 +123,10 @@ % Writing a laboratory report is not easy as a first semester who is learning to use \LaTeX{} in a professional setting. % Furthermore, students need to write their laboratory reports with consistency and predefined formatting. To help with % this, the class uses some packages like \texttt{siunitx} to help with the correct display of results and formatting of -% tables +% tables. +% +% When using this class it is mandatory to set the date and the title with the commands |\date| and |\title|. Otherwise +% the command |\maketitle| exits with an error. % % \section{Usage} % \subsection{General} @@ -132,7 +138,7 @@ % those commands into a \texttt{header.tex} file since those values never change. % % \DescribeMacro{\partner} -% |\partner| \marg{firstName} \marg{lastName} \marg{matriculationNumber} \marg{eMailAddress} Sets one of many partners +% |\partner| \marg{First Name} \marg{Last Name} \marg{E-Mail Address} \marg{Matriculation Number} Sets one of many partners % participating in the protocol % % @@ -161,8 +167,8 @@ % \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\partner} -% |\partner| \marg{firstName} \marg{lastName} \marg{matriculationNumber} \marg{eMailAddress} takes the name, -% matriculation number and email address of a partner and sets it in a way the similat to how the +% |\partner| \marg{First Name} \marg{Last Name} \marg{E-Mail Address} \marg{Matriculation Number} takes the name, +% matriculation number and email address of a partner and sets it in a way the similat to how the % author command works. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand{\partner}[4]{%% @@ -251,11 +257,11 @@ {\large \@supervisor} & {\large \@tutor} \\ \end{tabular}\\ \vspace{3em} - {\Large\textbf{Gruppenmitglieder}} \\~\\ + {\Large\textbf{Gruppenmitglieder}} \\ \multido{\iP=1+1}{\value{partnerCounter}}{% - {\large\textit{\arrayx{PartnerFirstNames}(\iP) \arrayx{PartnerLastNames}(\iP)}} \\ \vspace{0.75em} - Matrikelnummer: \arrayx{PartnerMatriculationNumbers}(\iP) \\ \vspace{0.5em} - \href{mailto:\arrayx{PartnerEmails}(\iP)}{\arrayx{PartnerEmails}(\iP)} \\ \vspace{1.5em} + {\large\slshape {\arrayx{PartnerFirstNames}(\iP) \arrayx{PartnerLastNames}(\iP)}} \\ + Matrikelnummer: \arrayx{PartnerMatriculationNumbers}(\iP) \\ + \arrayx{PartnerEmails}(\iP) \\ \vspace{1.5em} } \vspace*{\fill} \thispagestyle{empty} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/uol-physics-report/uol-physics-report.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/uol-physics-report/uol-physics-report.pdf Binary files differindex 604a48b664..351551eec6 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/uol-physics-report/uol-physics-report.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/uol-physics-report/uol-physics-report.pdf |